Skip to main content

Full text of "A memoir on the Echinodermata of the Arctic sea to the West of Greenland"

See other formats


Ill 


m 


3r 


A   MEMOIR 


ON 


THE    ECHINODERMATA 


OF  THE 


AECTIC   SEA   TO   THE   WEST   OF   GREENLAND, 


BY 
P.  MARTIN  DUNCAN,  M.B.  (LOND.),  F.R.S.,  F.G.S.,  F.L.S., 

HON.  FELLOW  KINO'S  COLLEGE,  LONDON,  CORRESPONDENT  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES  of 

PHILADELPHIA,  TJ.  S. ; 

AND 

W.  PERCY  SLADEN,  F.G.S.,  F.L.S.,  &c. 


LONDON: 
JOHN  VAN  VOORST,  1  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  E.G. 

MDCCCLXXXI. 


ALKHK 


FLAJIMAM. 


PRINTED   BY   TAYLOR    AND   FRANCIS, 
11ED  LION  COURT,  FLEET  STREET. 


CONTENTS. 


Pago 

Preface v 

List  of  the  Species  noticed  and  described vii 

The  Holothuroidea 1 

The  Echinoidea 19 

The  Asteroidea 23 

The  Ophiuroidea  and  Astrophytidse 54 

The  Crinoidea  (Comatulse) 73 

General  Conclusions       79 

Index 81 

Six  Plates,  and  their  Descriptions. 


PREFACE. 


THE  Echinodermata  which  form  the  subject  of  this  memoir  were  collected  during  the 
voyage  of  H.M.SS.  'Alert'  and  'Discovery,'  under  the  command  of  Sir  George  S.  Nares, 
E.N.,  K.C.B.,  F.E.S.,  to  the  Polar  Sea,  by  the  Naturalists  attached  to  the  Expedition, 
Capt.  (now  Major)  H.  W.  Feilden  and  Mr.  Hart.  The  greater  number  were  obtained 
from  79°  20'  N.  lat.  to  82°  27'  N.  lat.  inclusive— that  is,  from  Franklin-Pierce  Bay  to 
Floeberg  Beach.  Some  forms  were  captured  on  the  outward  voyage,  in  65°  N.  lat.; 
and  others  were  dredged  in  the  Expedition  of  H.M.S.  '  Valorous,'  between  66°  56' 
and  70°  30'  N.  lat.,  by  Dr.  J.  Gwyn  Jeffreys.  F.R.S.  One  specimen  was  taken  by 
Mr.  A.  C.  Horner  (who  accompanied  Sir  Allen  Young  in  the  'Pandora'),  in  Smith's 
Sound,  78°  19'  N.  lat.  The  Arctic  Circle  has  been  regarded  as  our  southern  limit. 

The  collections  were  made  under  great  difficulties,  and  especially  those  from  the 
highest  latitudes  :  dredging,  when  the  tangles  froze  on  coming  out  of  the  sea,  could  not 
be  attempted  frequently.  Nevertheless  the  specimens  collected  were  numerous.  They 
were  carefully  cleaned  ;  and  some  were  preserved  in  spirit,  and  others  were  permitted 
to  dry. 

After  being  deposited  at  the  Royal  Society  in  1877,  the  collection  was  forwarded 
to  the  British  Museum.  Dr.  Giinther,  F.R.S.,  confided  the  specimens  to  the  authors 
of  this  Memoir ;  and  we  wrote  a  brief  description  of  them  in  the  '  Annals  &  Magazine 
of  Natural  History,'  1877,  vol.  xx.  pp.  449-470.  Subsequently  we  contributed  a 
short  notice  of  these  interesting  objects  to  the  admirable  book  written  by  Sir  George 


VI 

Nares,  F.R.S.,  entitled  'A  Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  the  Polar  Sea  during  1875-1876,' 
published  in  1878.  In  that  short  contribution  we  stated  that  the  collection  was  so 
interesting  and  the  specimens  were  so  variable,  that  we  should  publish  their  descrip- 
tion in  a  separate  Monograph. 

The  Government  Grant  Committee  of  the  Royal  Society  voted  a  sum  of  money  in 
order  to  assist  us  in  the  production  of  this  work. 

We  beg  to  thank  Dr.  Giinther,  F.R.S.,  in  whose  charge  the  specimens  now  are, 
Dr.  J.  Gwyn  Jeffreys,  F.R.S.,  the  Rev.  A.  M.  Norman,  FX.S.,  Dr.  Carpenter,  C.B., 
F.R.S.,  and  Major  Feilden  especially  for  their  kind  assistance. 


LIST  OF  THE  SPECIES  NOTICED  AND  DESCRIBED. 


HOLOTHUROIDEA. 

CUCUMARIA  FRONDOSA  (Gunner),  Forbes. 
CUCUMARIA  CALCIGERA  (Stimpson),  Selenka. 
ORCULA  BARTHII,  Troschel. 
PSOLUS  PIIANTAPUS  (Strusscnfeldt),  Jaeger. 
PSOLUS  FABRICII  (Duben  8f  Koren),  Lutken. 
CHIRODOTA  L^VIS  (Fabricius),  Grube. 
MYRIOTROCHUS  KINKII,  Steenstrup. 

ECHINOIDEA. 

STRONGTLOCENTROTUS  DROBACHIENSIS  (Muller),  A.  Agassiz. 

ASTEROIDEA. 

ASTERACANTHION  POLARE,  Muller  &  Troschel. 

ASTERACANTHION  GRCENLANDicuM  (Steenstrup),  LutJcen. 
STICHASTER  ALBULUS  (Stimpsori),  Verrill. 
CRIBRELLA  OCULATA  (Linck),  Forbes. 
PEDICELLASTER  PAL^EOCRYSTALLUS,  Sladen. 
CROSSASTER  PAPPOSUS  (Linck),  Muller  &  Troschel. 
SOLASTER  ENDECA  (Gmelin),  Forbes. 
LOPHASTER  FURCIFER  (Duben  &  Koreri),  Verrill. 
PTERASTER  MILITARIS  (0.  F.  Muller),  Muller  &  Troschel. 
CTEXODISCUS  CORNICULATUS  (Linck),  Perrier. 

OPHIUROIDEA. 

OPHIOPLEURA  ARCTICA,  Duncan. 
OPHIOGLYPHA  SARSII,  Lutken. 
OPIIIOGLYPIIA  ROBUSTA,  At/res. 
OPHIOGLYPHA  STUWITZII,  Lutken. 
OPHIOCTEN  SERICEUM,  Forbes. 
OPHIOPIIOLIS  BELLIS,  Linck. 
AMPIIIURA  HOLBCELLI,  Lutken. 
OPHIACANTHA  SPINULOSA,  Muller  &  Troschel. 

ASTROPHYTID5). 

ASTROPHYTON  AoASSizn,  Stimpson. 

CRINOIDEA. 

ANTEDON  ESCIIRICHTII  (Muller),  Verrill. 
ANTEDON  CELTICA  (Barrett),  Norman. 
ANTEDON  PROLIXA,  Sladen. 


A    MEMOIR 


ON  THE 


ECHINODERMATA   OF   THE   ARCTIC   SEA 


TO  TIIE 


WEST   OF    GREENLAND, 


HOLOTHTTROIDEA. 

JUDGING  from  the  results  of  such  dredging  as  has  hitherto  been  conducted  in  high 
latitudes,  the  Holothuroidea  as  a  group  do  not  appear  to  extend  in  the  North-Atlantic 
area  to  a  very  great  distance  within  the  Arctic  Circle.  Exception  must  be  made, 
however,  in  the  case  of  Myriotrochus  Rinkii,  Stp.,  which  was  obtained  by  the  Polar 
Expedition  of  1875-76  in  Discovery  Bay,  lat.  81°  41'  N.,  the  most  northern  locality  at 
which  any  Holothuroid  has  yet  been  found.  The  other  members  of  the  order  have  not 
been  recorded  in  this  area  beyond  the  70th  parallel ;  but  as  they  occur  in  higher  lati- 
tudes elsewhere,  it  has  been  deemed  expedient  to  include  those  which  extend  beyond 
the  Arctic  Circle  (66°  30'  N.)  in  the  present  description. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  Holothuroids  in  question  : — 

1.  Cucumaria  frondosa  (Gunner),  Forbes. 

2.  Cucumaria  calcigera  (Stimp.),  Selenka. 

3.  Orcula  Barthii,  Troschel. 

4.  Psolus  phantapus  (Strussenf.),  Jager. 

5.  Psolus  Fabridi  (D.  &  K.),  Liitken. 
C.  Chirodota  Icevis  (Fabr.),  Grube. 

7.  Myriotrochus  Rinkii,  Steenstrup. 

B 


2  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

CUCUMARIA  FBONDOSA  (Gunn.),  Forbes.     Plate  I,  Figs.  1  &  2. 

1767.  Holothuria  frondosa,  Gunnerus,  Act.  Holm.  1767,  p.  115,  pi.  iv.  figs.  1,  2. 
1776.  Holothuria  frondosa,  0.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  Prodr.  no.  2802. 
1776.  Holothuria  pentactes,  0.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  Prodr.  no.  2806. 
1780.  Holothuria  pentactes,  Fabricius,  Fauna  Groenlandica,  p.  352.  no.  343. 
1780.  Holothuria  frondosa,  Fabricius,  Fauna  Grcenlandica,  p.  353.  no.  344. 
1780.  ?  Holoihuria  minuta,  Fabricius,  Fauna  Groenlandica,  p.  354.  no.  346. 
1788.  Holothuria  pentacta,  Gmelin  (pars?),  Syst.  Nat.  Linn.  ed.  xiii.  p.  3139. 
1788.  Holothuria  frondosa,  Gmolin,  Syst.  Nat.  Linn.  ed.  xiii.  p.  3138. 

1788.  Holothuria  pentactes,  0.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  vol.  i.  p.  36,  pi.  xxxi.  fig.  8  (juv.). 

1789.  Holothuria  pentactes,  Abilgaard,  Zool.  Dan.  vol.  iii.  p.  45,  pi.  cviii.  figs.  1-4. 

1806.  Holothuria  pentactes,  Vahl  et  Rathke,  Zool.  Dan.  vol.  iv.  pp.  3-7,  pis.  cxxiii.-cxxvii. 
1816.  Holothuria  frondosa,  Lamarck,  Anim.  s.  Vert.  ed.  i.  vol.  iii.  p.  73. 

1833.  Pentacta  frondosa,  Ja'ger,  De  Holothuriis,  p.  12. 

1834.  Cuvieria  frondosa,  Blainvillc,  Manuel  d'Actinologie,  p.  192. 

1835.  ?  Dactylota  minuta,  Brandt,  Prodr.  descrip.  anim.  ab  Mertensio  obs.,  fasc.  i.  p.  45. 
1835.  ?  Cladodactijla  pentactes,  Brandt,  Prodr.  descrip.  anim.  ab  Mertensio  obs.,  fasc.  i.  p.  45. 
1839.  Holothuria  grandis,  Forbes  &  Goodsir,  Athenaeum,  no.  618,  p.  647. 

1839.  Cucumaria  fucicola,  Forbes  &  Goodsir,  Athenaeum,  no.  618,  p.  647. 

1841.  Cucumaria  frondosa,  Forbes,  Hist.  British  Starfishes,  p.  209. 

1841.  Cucumaria  fucicola,  Forbes,  Hist.  British  Starfishes,  p.  227. 

1841,  ?  Cladodactyla  pentactes,  Gould,  Invert,  of  Massachusetts,  p.  345. 

1844.  Cucumaria  frondosa,  Diiben  &  Keren,  K.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.  1844,  p.  293. 

1852.  Bothryodactyla  grandis,  Ayres,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  iv.  p.  52. 

1852.  Bothryodactyla  affinis,  Ayres,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  iv.  p.  145. 

1852.  ?  Cucumaria  fucicola,  Forbes,  Sutherland's  Journ.  of  a  Voyage  &c,,  vol.  ii.  Append,  p.  ccxiv. 

1853.  Pentacta  frondosa,  Stimpson,  Syn.  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  16. 

1857.  Cucumaria  frondosa,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  2. 

1857.  Cucumaria  frondosa,  M'Andrew  &  Barrett,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  sor.  2,  vol.  xx.  pp.  43,  45, 

1861.  Cucumaria  frondosa,  Sars,  Oversigt  af  Norges  Echinodermer,  p.  100. 

1863.  Pentacta  frondosa,  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  N.  Sci.  Philad.  1863,  p.  142. 

1866.  Pentacta  frondosa,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  pp.  352,  357. 

1866.  ?  Pentacta  minuta,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  353. 

1867.  Cucumaria  frondosa,  Selenka,  Zeitsch.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xvii.  p.  347. 

1868.  Cucumaria  frondosa,  Semper,  lleisen  im  Archipel  der  Philippinen,  Holothurien,  pp.  52,  234. 

1869.  Cucumaria  frondosa,  Pourtales,  Bull,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harvard,  1869,  p.  359. 

Body  subcylindrical  or  subpentagonal  in  young  stages,  ovate  in  form  when  at  rest 
and  contracted,  but  capable  of  considerable  elongation ;  uniformly  rounded  at  both 
extremities. 

The  ambulacral  sucker-feet  are  arranged  in  five  longitudinal  series,  each  being  a 
double  row  in  which  the  tube-feet  alternate ;  in  old  specimens,  however,  a  quadruple 
disposition  in  the  middle  of  a  series  is  not  unfrequent,  consequent  on  the  action  of 
growth-crowding,  and  a  few  additional  irregularly-placed  suckers  also  occur  on  the 
dorsal  interradial  areas,  all  the  suckers  being  capable  of  entire  retraction. 

The  skin  is  very  thick,  tough,  and  smooth,  although  specimens  preserved  in  spirit 
are  generally  much  wrinkled  and  puckered  up,  owing  to  the  great  contraction  which 
the  animal  is  capable  of  exerting  prior  to  death  through  the  medium  of  the  powerful 
and  largely  developed  muscular  system  which  it  possesses. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  3 

The  tentacles  are  ten  in  number,  frondose,  equal-sized,  and  very  robust  in  habit. 
The  oral  armature  is,  as  a  whole,  large,  although  the  calcareous  mouth-ring  in  some 
examples  is  but  very  imperfectly  calcified.  The  radial  elements  are  somewhat  of 
the  form  of  an  inverted  Y,  the  muscular  bands  being  attached  to  the  extremity  of  the 
upward  odd  prolongation ;  the  interradial  pieces  are  smaller,  and  often  in  the  form  of 
a  simple  arch.  The  present  writers  have  been  unable  to  detect  in  any  specimens  they 
have  examined  the  secondary  ring  mentioned  by  Selenka  * ;  but  in  a  single  small 
example  there  seem  to  be  traces  of  an  incipient  calcareous  prolongation  proceeding 
from  the  interradial  piece,  and  giving  it  the  "  Y  "  shape  similar  to  that  of  the  radial 
elements.  Perhaps  such  a  development  may  be  a  stage  towards  the  structure  described 
by  our  learned  contemporary. 

In  a  young  individual  the  Polian  vesicle  is  single,  and  consists  of  a  simple  elongated 
sac,  of  moderate  capacity,  and  about  one  third  the  length  of  the  body.  The  respiratory 
organs,  the  intestine,  and  the  generative  organs  are  largely  developed. 

The  muscular  system  is  very  powerful,  the  longitudinal  bands  being  of  such  a 
breadth  as  to  partially  overlay  the  ampulla?  of  the  sucker-feet ;  at  the  oral  extremity 
they  taper  off  rapidly,  and  their  continuation  forms  the  double  band  of  the  extensor 
muscles  of  the  mouth-apparatus.  The  TO.  retractores  are  very  strong  and  stout,  the 
band  being  attached  to  the  mouth-ring  between  the  two  fascicules  of  the  extensor 
muscle.  The  series  of  transverse  muscles  are  numerous  and  closely  placed. 

Very  conflicting  statements  occur  respecting  the  calcareous  spicules  in  the  cuticle, 
not  only  as  to  the  form,  but  even  as  to  the  presence  at  all  of  such  bodies  in  C.frondosa. 
Diiben  and  Koren  described  the  integument  as  covered  with  calcareous  granules  which 
are  irregular,  deformed,  and  never  perforated.  Selenka  states  that  he  has  found  no 
plates  whatever  in  the  general  body-skin,  but  only  very  minute  arragonite  needles 
•006  millim.  in  length ;  whilst  both  Semper  and  Liitken  specify  that  large  and 
perforated  plates  occur  in  this  Holothuroid,  but  are  only  to  be  met  with  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  feet.  Our  observations  tend  to  confirm  the  latter  naturalists,  although 
there  would  appear  to  be  very  considerable  variation  in  the  quantity  of  spicules  present 
in  different  specimens.  In  some  examples,  for  instance,  the  skin  seems  entirely  devoid 
of  any  calcareous  deposits  whatever,  whilst  in  others  spicules  are  more  or  less  numerous 
throughout  the  body ;  and  this  has  been  the  case  in  moderately  large  examples.  Gene- 
rally, however,  it  must  be  said  that  spicules  are  most  frequent  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  ambulacral  rows ;  but  it  would  seem  that  no  fixed  rule  of  any  kind  can  be 
definitely  laid  down  as  to  their  occurrence  in  this  species,  whilst  the  same  remark  would 
even  hold  good  as  to  their  form. 

Size. — This  species  attains  perhaps  the  largest  size  of  any  of  the  Cucumarice, 
occasionally  measuring  a  foot  from  end  to  end,  large  specimens  being  able  to  extend 
themselves  to  twice  or  three  times  this  length. 

Colour. — In  colour  C.  frondosa  is  of  a  dark  purple  mingled  with  grey,  shading  off 
to  ashy  grey  or  white  on  the  underside.  Young  examples  are  lighter  and  also  of  a 
more  uniform  shade,  generally  pinkish  or  flesh-coloured. 

*  "  Beitriige  zur  Anatomie  und  Systematik  der  Holothuricn,"  Zeitsch.  f,  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xvii.  p.  347. 

B2 


4  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

Premature  Form. — In  early  stages  of  growth  the  body  is  much  more  pentagonal 
in  fonn  and  usually  lighter  in  colour,  which  not  unfrequently  approaches  a  pinkish  or 
flesh  tint.  The  ambulacral  sucker-feet  are  well  spaced  and  arranged  in  single  almost 
straight  lines.  In  a  small  specimen  9  millims.  in  length  the  two  dorsal  ambulacral 
series  are  not  so  fully  developed  as  the  three  ventral ;  they  contain  fewer  suckers ;  and 
these  are  arranged  in  an  almost  straight  line,  except  at  the  extremities,  where  the  zigzag 
alternating  character  of  the  series  is  clearly  manifest.  The  oral  tentacles,  although 
only  partially  extended  in  the  specimen  under  notice,  are  already  thick,  frondose,  and 
many  times  divided,  whilst  the  body-skin  is  filled  with  regularly-spaced  calcareous 
spicules  roundish  in  form  and  punctured  with  holes,  the  solid  interspaces  being  broader 
than  the  apertures.  Comparing  this  individual  with  another  somewhat  larger,  20 
millims.  in  length,  it  will  be  noted  that  the  body  is  proportionately  more  elongate,  the 
ambulacral  feet  more  numerous,  and  now  arranged  distinctly  in  double  rows  of  alter- 
nating suckers.  The  tentacular  plume  is  slightly  fuller,  but  still  exactly  the  same  in 
general  character  as  in  the  earlier  stage ;  in  fact  the  changes  above  noted  are  the  only 
conspicuous  accompaniments  of  increased  size  perceptible  to  the  naked  eye.  On  micro- 
scopic examination,  however,  of  the  larger  specimen  it  is  found  that  no  spicules  are 
present  in  the  skin ;  and  this  is  a  feature  which  at  once  constitutes  the  most  striking 
difference  between  the  two  stages  of  growth.  Such  a  circumstance  is  very  remarkable  ; 
and  although  we  are  unable  to  say,  with  the  limited  amount  of  material  at  our  disposal, 
whether  this  is  a  state  of  things  which  always  obtains,  at  least  two  other  individuals,  of 
succeeding  and  still  premature  stages  of  growth,  are  equally  wanting  in  spicules — a 
character  which,  as  previously  observed,  is  not  unfrequent  in  the  adult  form  of 
C.  frondosa. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  the  features  presented  by  the  young  specimen  of  9  millims. 
accord  exactly  with  those  given  by  Liitken  as  characterizing  C.  minuta,  Fabr.  (excepting, 
we  imagine,  the  tentacles);  but  on  this  point  Liitken  does  not  say  much,  as  these  organs 
were  only  partially  extended  in  his  specimen.  If  the  view,  therefore,  which  is  here 
taken  be  correct,  it  would  lead  naturally  to  the  deduction  that  C.  minuta  is  nothing 
more  than  the  young  of  C.  frondosa.  Before  this  can  be  definitely  asserted,  however, 
the  examination  of  the  growth-phases  in  a  greater  number  of  examples  of  the  present 
species  would  be  desirable ;  still  we  feel  bound  to  say,  after  a  very  careful  study  of  all 
the  available  material,  that  we  are  unable  to  separate  the  young  form  above  described 
from  the  series  of  undoubted  C.  frondosa,  the  only  feature  in  which  it  differs  altogether 
from  the  older  stages  being  the  presence  of  the  calcareous  bodies  in  the  integument. 

From  the  description  given,  it  would  seem  that  the  Holothuroid  named  by  Forbes 
and  Goodsir  C.  fucicola  is  a  young  form  of  the  present  species,  a  determination  now 
generally  concurred  in  by  most  naturalists. 

Variations. — Amongst  the  list  of  synonyma  will  be  found  Rotliryodactyla  grandis, 
Ayres,  which  we  have  been  led  to  include  rather  from  a  diffidence  against  dissenting  from 
the  opinion  of  so  many  eminent  writers  upon  Holothuroids  than  from  personal  conviction. 
Indeed  there  would  seem  to  be  great  doubt  about  the  absolute  identity  of  this  form  ; 
for,  although  the  main  characters  recited  in  the  cursory  description  accord  well  enough 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  5 

with  those  of  C.  frondosa,  they  are  by  themselves  quite  insufficient  for  comparative 
determination ;  whilst,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  definitely  stated  that  the  calcareous  sup- 
ports, though  few,  "  are  in  the  form  of  slender,  perforated,  crested  spicula,  similar  to 
those  found  in  Thyone  and  Thyonidium  "  (1.  c.  p.  53).  Such  crested  spicules  certainly 
do  not  occur  in  any  specimens  of  C.  frondosa  from  the  North-European  seas ;  whilst 
from  the  fact  that  they  are  specially  noted  by  Mr.  Ayres  (and  it  is  a  feature  much 
more  readily  passed  over  than  not)  we  are  inclined  to  regard  Bothryodactyla  grandis,  if 
not  an  independent  species,  certainly  with  but  little  doubt  as  a  well-marked  variety. 
In  further  support  of  this  opinion  it  may  be  noted  that  Sars  examined  specimens  of  the 
American  C.  frondosa  both  from  Massachusetts  and  Fundy  Bay,  and  specially  asserts 
their  identity  with  the  European  type. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland :  Godhavn,  lat.  69°  14'  N.  (Stimpson,  Ltitken,  '  Valorous'  Exped.). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent:    Assistance  Bay,   about  lat.  74°  N.   (Penny's 
Exped.},  the  most  northern  locality  on  record  ;  Labrador  ( Verrill) ;  St.  George's  Bank, 
30  fms.  (Verrill);  Grand  Manan,  low  water,  stony  bottom  (Stimpson);  Massachusetts 
(Gould);    Eastport,  20  fms.,  stony   bottom  (Verrill);    Gulf  of  Georgia  (Selenka); 
^  Florida  Reef,  118  fms.  (Pourtales)  ;  San  Francisco  (Ayres). 

c.  North  of  European  Continent :  Spitzbergen  (LutJcen);  Scandinavian  coasts,  Ice- 
land, Faeroe  Islands,  Shetlands,  British  Islands. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  I. 

Fig.  1.  A  medium-sized  specimen:  natural  size. 

2.  A  young  specimen  of  the  same  species :  natural  size. 

CUCUMAKIA  CALCIGEKA  (Stimp.),  Selenka.     Plate  I,  Figs.  3-8. 

1851.  Pentacta  calcigera,  Stimpson,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  iv.  p.  67. 

1852.  ?  Cucumaria  Hyndmanni,  Forbes,  Sutherland's  Journal  of  a  Voyage  &c.  vol.  ii.  Append,  p.  ccxiv. 
1857.  Cucumaria  Korenii,  Liitken,  Vid.  Heddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  4. 

1866.  Pentacta  calcigera,  Verrill,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  352. 

1867.  Cucumaria  Korenii,  Selenka,  Zeitsch.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xvii.  p.  350. 

1867.  Cucumaria  calcigera,  Selenka,  Zeitsch.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xvii.  p.  351. 

1868.  Cucumaria  calcigera,  Semper,  Ecisen  im  Archipel  der  Philippinen,  Holothurien,  p.  53. 
1868.  Cucumaria  Hyndmanni,  Semper  (pars),  ibid.  p.  269. 

Body  elongate  and  cylindrical,  the  posterior  third  tapering  gradually  to  a  fine 
extremity  ;  anterior  end  more  rounded,  and  the  median  thickness  of  the  body  main- 
tained till  very  much  nearer  the  oral  region.  The  body  is  generally  more  or  less  curved 
to  one  side,  sometimes  through  more  than  half  a  circle,  which  gives  to  this  species  a 
crescent-  or  even  horseshoe-shaped  contour.  The  ambulacral  feet  are  arranged  in  single 
pairs,  and  form  five  narrow,  equally-developed  bands.  The  suckers  are  placed  very 
closely  together ;  consequently  the  number  extending  from  tip  to  tip  is  proportionally 
great,  whilst  sometimes,  in  the  middle  part  of  a  band,  the  pairs  become  reduplicated  by 


6  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

reason  of  extreme  crowding.  Owing  to  the  densely  tessellated  and  compact  nature  of 
the  integument,  the  sucker-feet  are  incapable  of  being  perfectly  retracted ;  and  this 
circumstance,  together  with  the  size  and  general  habit  of  the  animal,  affords  a  striking 
superficial  feature,  which  readily  characterizes  the  species  amongst  its  Arctic  con- 
geners. 

The  cuticle,  although  thin,  is  very  strong,  being  indurated  with  calcareous  plates, 
of  which  two  distinct  layers  are  present ;  in  each  of  these  the  plates  are  quite  different 
both  in  size  and  form,  and  are  so  closely  packed  as  to  imbricate  upon  one  another, 
whilst  the  whole  Holothuroid  is  rough  and  scabrous  to  the  touch,  in  consequence  of 
a  small  spiculate  elevation  which  rises  from  the  centre  of  each  of  the  plates  that  form 
the  superficial  layer. 

The  tentacles  are  ten  in  number,  two  being  much  smaller  than  the  rest.  They  are 
of  delicate  habit,  and  redivided  into  many  branches,  which  are  fine  and  thin. 

The  mouth-ring  is  elongate,  and  resembles  in  a  marked  degree  the  form  found  in 
Thyone.  It  is  composed  of  ten  plates,  each  of  which  is  made  up  of  two  elementary 
pieces,  as  may  be  well  seen  in  the  mouth-apparatus  of  a  young  specimen  (Plate  I,  Fig.  4). 
The  radial  elements  are  produced  upward  into  a  fine  wedge-shaped  peak,  and  down- 
ward into  two  long,  thin  prolongations,  which  extend  to  the  base  of  the  apparatus,  the 
cleft  formed  between  them  being  wide  and  well  arched  above.  The  alternating  inter- 
radial  elements  are  somewhat  wedge-shaped,  equal  in  size  to  the  upper  portion  of  the 
radial  processes,  and  extend  upward  to  the  same  height  as  these.  The  angle  of 
the  plates,  which  abuts  against  the  neighbouring  radial  member,  is  somewhat  trun- 
cate, and  the  suture  between  the  two  primary  pieces  slightly  hollowed  out  in  the 
middle. 

The  Polian  vesicle  of  a  young  individual  is  represented  in  Fig.  4,  in  which 
it  is  seen  as  a  very  distended  sac,  emanating  midway  upon  a  fine  short  tube. 

According  to  Dr.  Liitken  (I.  c.)  the  respiratory  organs  in  the  adult  animal  cleave 
immediately  into  four  rays,  one  small  and  one  larger  on  each  side.  They  are  but  feebly 
branched  ;  and  although  becoming  generally  thicker  towards  their  extremities,  it  is  only 
here  and  there  that  any  thing  like  a  vesicle  can  be  detected. 

Eespecting  the  anatomy  of  the  alimentary  canal,  it  may  be  noted  that  the  oesophagus 
is  moderately  developed,  with  its  outer  wall  villate  or  densely  covered  with  minute 
papilla?,  and  that  the  intestine  is  large  and  much  convoluted. 

The  muscular  system  is  somewhat  small  for  a  Cucumaria.  The  m.  longitudinales 
are  thin  and  very  narrow,  and  the  m.  transversales  similarly  slight.  The  m.  retractores, 
however,  are  strong  and  by  far  the  most  powerful  bands  of  muscle  in  the  animal ;  they 
are  attached  to  the  central  part  of  the  wedge-shaped  upper  portion  of  the  radial  member 
of  the  calcareous  ring,  and  join  the  longitudinal  band  of  muscles  midway  between 
the  extremities.  When  the  mouth-apparatus  is  retracted  and  these  muscles  are  relieved 
from  tension,  they  appear  very  broad  in  comparison  with  the  other  bands,  and  are, 
besides,  much  swollen  out  in  their  middle  portion.  The  m.  extensores  are  very  fine 
indeed  and  double,  and  are  affixed  to  the  radial  pieces  of  the  ring  a  little  above  the 
attachment  of  the  retractor  muscles. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GEEENLAND.  7 

The  reproductive  organs  consist  of  simple  tubes.  A  figure  is  given  of  their  condi- 
tion in  an  early  stage  of  growth  (Plate  I,  Fig.  5). 

The  calcareous  plates  and  spicules  which  indurate  the  integument  are  highly  cha- 
racteristic. As  previously  stated,  they  are  so  closely  placed  as  to  imbricate  upon  one 
another;  and  it  is  consequently  very  difficult  to  determine  the  form  of  individual  pieces 
until  separated  by  treatment  in  caustic  potash.  The  plates  which  form  the  outermost 
layer  vary  in  shape  from  roundish  to  oblong,  and  even  irregularly  stellate  forms,  their 
greatest  diameter  ranging  from  0'28  to  0'35  millim.  (Liitken).  They  are  perforated  with 
closely-placed  holes,  whose  distance  apart  is  less  than  their  diameter,  no  plan  being 
discernible  in  their  arrangement.  From  the  centre  of  each  rises  a  subconical  elevation, 
made  up  of  fine  calcareous  rods,  about  one  third  as  high  as  the  diameter  of  the  plate, 
and  which  terminates  with  two  or  three  spikelets.  It  is  to  these  spicular  plates  that 
the  rough  texture  of  the  skin  is  due,  and  the  granular  appearance  it  presents  when 
examined  with  a  hand-magnifier  of  low  power. 

Underlying  the  plates  just  described  is  another  layer  of  oblong  and  much  narrower 
plates,  also  closely  packed  together  and  overlapping,  and  which  are  present  in  greater 
number  over  a  given  area  in  consequence  of  their  smaller  size.  These  pieces  are  generally 
punctured  with  two  (or  sometimes  three)  rows  of  holes,  which  become  smaller  in 
diameter  towards  the  extremities  of  the  plate. 

The  skin  of  the  sucker-feet  is  comparatively  as  densely  plated  as  that  of  the  body, 
the  spicules  at  the  base  being  similar  in  character  to  those  above  described,  but  smaller 
in  size  ;  towards  the  extremity,  however,  they  become  much  narrower,  bear  fewer  holes, 
and  are  somewhat  more  curved,  whilst  mixed  up  with  them  may  be  found  a  number 
of  quite  rudimentary  plates.  When  the  great  number  of  these  scales  and  the  method 
of  their  arrangement  are  borne  in  mind,  the  reason  of  the  suckers  being  incapable  of 
retraction  becomes  at  once  self-evident,  as  well  as  that  of  the  small  size  of  the  internal 
ampullae,  which  follows  as  a  correlative  result.  The  calcareous  disk  at  the  extremity  of 
the  sucker  is  well  developed  and  very  characteristic.  It  is  a  delicately  fine  circular 
network,  having  the  immediate  centre  occupied  with  a  number  of  small  round  holes,  the 
rest  of  the  piece  being  characterized  by  large  subhexagonal  apertures,  which  diminish 
in  size  as  they  approach  the  margin. 

Respecting  the  affinities  of  C.  calcigera,  it  may  be  said  that  although  the  form  bears 
undoubted  resemblance  to  Cucumaria  Hyndmanni,  Thomson,  this  is  in  external  appear- 
ance only,  as  has  been  already  pointed  out  by  Diiben  and  Koren*;  whilst  Liitken f,  in 
his  description  of  C.  Korenii,  specified  in  detail  the  differences  which  exist  between  the 
two  species.  As  a  fact,  the  calcareous  plates  are  altogether  different — in  C.  Ilyndmanni 
being  alike  and  constant  in  form,  whilst  in  C.  Korenii  (—C.  calcigera)  there  are  not 
only  two  layers  of  quite  distinct  kinds,  but  the  plates  themselves  vary  very  considerably. 
The  plates  also  of  the  sucker-feet  are  broader,  perforated  with  more  holes,  and  are  less 
regular  and  less  uniform  than  in  C.  Hyndmanni ;  and,  lastly,  the  fully-developed  disk  at 
the  extremity  of  the  sucker  is  characteristic  of  the  present  species. 

*  Kongl.  Vetensk.  Akad.  Handl.  ar  1844,  p.  299. 

t  Videnskabelige  Meddelelser  f.  d.  Naturh.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn  1857  p.  6. 


8  ON  THE  ECH1NODERMATA  OF  THE 

With  this  evidence  in  view,  it  is  difficult  to  account  for  the  grounds  on  which 
Semper*,  after  the  examination  of  specimens,  grouped  the  two  forms  as  identical, 
merging  C.  Jiorenii,  Liitken,  into  C.  Hyndmanni.  It  consequently  follows  that  his  adopted 
association  of  P.  calcigera,  Stimpson,  with  C.  Hyndmanni  is  equally  erroneous. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland:  Godhavn,  lat.  69°  N.  ('Valorous'  Exped.);  Fiskernsesset  (Liitken); 
Arksut,  15-25  fms.,  mud  bottom  (Barrett). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :  Assistance  Bay,  about  lat.  74°  N.,  7-10  fms., 
muddy  bottom  (Penny's  Exped.),  the  most  northern  locality  on  record ;  Labrador,  15  fms., 
sandy  bottom  (Packard,  fide  Verrill) ;  Massachusetts  ( Verrill). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  I. 

Fig.  3.  Cwntmaria  calcigera :  natural  size. 

4.  Sketch  of  the  mouth-ring  and   adjacent  parts  of  a  young   individual : 

magnified. 

5.  Generative  tubes  at  an  early  stage  of  growth  :  magnified. 

6.  Spicules  of  the  superficial  layer  in  situ :  magnified. 

7.  Small  spicule  in  profile  :  magnified. 

8.  Disk  at  the  extremity  of  the  sucker-foot :  magnified. 

OECULA  BAETHII,  Troschel. 

1846.  Orcula  Bartliii,  Troschel,  Wiegm.  Archiv  f.  Naturgesch.  Jahrg.  xii.  p.  63. 

1857.  Orcula  Barthii,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  9. 

1867.  Orcula  Barthii,  Selenka,  Zeitschr.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xvii.  p.  352. 

1868.  Orcula  Barthii,  Semper,  Eeisen  im  Archipel  der  Philippinen,  Holothurien,  pp.  68, 274. 

Dr.  Liitken,  in  describing  some  Greenland  examples  of  this  Holothurian,  states  f 
that  they  present  a  regular  sausage  form,  with  a  length  (in  one  which  seemed  to 
have  best  preserved  its  natural  proportions)  of  3  inches  and  a  thickness  of  over  f  inch. 
The  body-skin  is  brownish  in  colour,  but  almost  concealed  by  the  numerous  bluish  or 
whitish  sucker-feet  with  which  the  whole  body  is  closely  crowded.  Neither  in  the 
skin,  which  is  thick  and  tough,  nor  in  the  feet  is  there  any  trace  of  solid  calcareous 
formations.  A  thick  layer  of  transverse  muscles  lies  under  the  outer  skin ;  and  also 
five  strong  longitudinal  bands,  each  of  which  gives  off,  at  a  distance  from  the  anterior 
extremity  equal  to  about  one  third  the  entire  length  of  the  animal,  a  short  thick 
muscular  bundle,  which  is  attached  to  one  of  the  radial  elements  of  the  ocsophageal 
ring,  whilst  the  main  bands  themselves  are  continued  up  to  the  anterior  extremity  of 
the  body,  and  are  then  inclined  backwards  again,  running  as  five  thin  narrow  bands 
along  the  outer  wall  of  the  inverted  oesophagus  until  they  reach  the  points  of  the 

*  Eeisen  im  Archipcl  der  Philippinen,  Holothurien,  p.  237. 

t  The  present  writers  having  unfortunately  had  no  opportunity  of  examining  this  Holothuroid,  have 
accordingly  availed  themselves  of  giving  the  ahove  translation  of  the  observations  made  upon  the  form  by 
Dr.  Chr.  Liitken,  the  eminent  and  accurate  Danish  zoologist,  in  the  memoir  ahove  quoted. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  9 

same  pieces  of  the  mouth-ring  to  which  the  muscular  bundles  above  mentioned  are 
also  attached.  These  thick  transverse  bundles  are  the  musculi  retractor  es  of  the 
oesophagus  and  tentacles,  whilst  the  finer  longitudinal  bands  outside  the  gullet  function 
as  m.  eoctensores.  As  these  are  much  weaker  than  the  former,  it  is  natural  to  find  that 
the  tentacles  are,  in  all  preserved  examples,  so  thoroughly  retracted  that  they  can 
only  be  seen  by  cutting  open  the  oesophagus.  The  tentacles,  15  in  number  (ten  large 
and  five  very  small,  which  alternate  with  them),  are  all  finely  branched  as  in  Cucumaria. 
Immediately  below  their  point  of  origin  is  situated  the  deep  cartilaginous  mouth-ring, 
which  is  composed  of  ten  pieces  merged  together,  five  broad  and  five  narrow,  all  forked 
below,  the  five  narrow  pieces  terminating  upward  with  one  point,  and  the  broader  with 
twp ;  and  it  is  to  these  broader  pieces  that  the  above-mentioned  muscular  bands 
(musculi  retractores)  are  attached.  The  Polian  vesicle  is  long  and  thin,  with 
moderately  strong  walls.  The  cloaca  is  clothed  internally  with  a  white  sinewy  skin ; 
and  from  the  outside  pass  fine  muscular  filaments  by  which  it  is  attached  to  the  body- 
wall  of  the  animal.  From  the  cloaca  proceed  the  long  thin-walled  intestine  and  the 
respiratory  apparatus,  the  latter  presenting  the  usual  character  of  thickly  branched 
tubes,  the  branches  being  fine  and  dilated  at  the  extremities  into  vesicles.  On  the 
side  of  the  animal  opposite  to  these  organs,  and,  in  the  contracted  condition,  almost 
equidistant  from  either  end,  lies  the  reproductive  apparatus,  having  the  appearance  of 
a  bundle  of  fine,  dilated,  and  here  and  there  spool-shaped  filaments. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland:  Holsteinborg,  lat.  66°  56'  N.  ('Valorous'  Exped. :  this  species  or 
new,  fide  Norman,  loc.  cit.),  the  most  northern  locality  on  record;  Egedesminde,  Ju- 
lianshaab  and  Fiskernsesset  (Lutken). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :  Labrador  (Troschel). 

PSOLUS  PHANTAPUS  (Strussen/eldt),  Jdger. 

1765.  Holoikuria  phantapus,  Strussenfeldt,  Act.  Holm.  1765,  p.  265,  Tat'.  10. 

1766.  Holothuria  phantapus,  Linne",  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  xii.  p.  1089. 

1776.  Holothuria  phantapus,  0.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  Prodr.no.  2803. 

1777.  Ascidia  rustica,  Pennant,  British  Zoology,  vol.  iv.  p.  48,  pi.  xxiii.  fig.  35. 

1789.  Holothuria  phantapus  (Miiller),  Abildgaard,  Zool.  Dan.  vol.  iii.  p.  54,  tab.  cxii.,  oxiii. 
1816.  Holothuria  phantapus,  Lamarck,  Anim.  s.  Vert.  ed.  1,  vol.  iii.  p.  73. 
1828.  Cuvieria  phantapus,  Fleming,  Hist.  British  Animals,  p.  483. 

1833.  Psolus  phantapus,  Jiiger,  De  Holothuriis,  p.  21. 

1834.  Cuvieria  phantapus,  Blainville,  Manuel  d'Actinologie,  p.  191,  pi.  13.  fig.  1 . 

1835.  Psolus  phantapus,  Brandt,  Prodr.  Descrip.  anim.  ah  Mertensio  obs.,  fasc.  i.  p.  47. 

1836.  Cuviera  phantapus,  Johnston,  London's  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  ix.  p.  472,  fig.  68. 
1841.  Psolus  phantapus,  Forbes,  Hist.  British  Starfishes,  p.  203. 

1844.  Cuvieria  phantapus,  Diiben  &  Koren,  K.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.  1844,  p.  313. 
1851.  Psolus  Icevigatus,  Ajres,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  iv.  pp.  25, 36. 
1853.  Psolus  phantapus,  Stimpson,  Syn.  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  16. 
1857.  Psolus  phantapus,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  12. 

C 


10  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

1861.  Psolus  2>hantapus,  Sars,  Oversigt  af  Norges  Echinodermer,  p.  112. 

1867.  Psolus  phantapus,  Seleuka,  Zeitsch.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xvii.  p.  342. 

1868.  Psolus phantapus,  Semper,  Reisen  im  Archipel  der  Philippinen,  Holothurien,  pp.  62,  272. 

The  Rev.  A.  M.  Norman,  by  whom  the  Echinodermata  of  the  '  Valorous '  Expe- 
dition were  determined  *,  has  kindly  informed  us  that  specimens  of  this  Holothuroid 
were  taken  at  Holsteinborg  and  Godhavn.  The  writers,  not  having  had  the  oppor- 
tunity of  examining  any  Arctic  examples  of  this  well-known  form,  content  themselves 
with  simple  reference  to  the  principal  literature  and  distribution  of  the  species. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland:    Godhavn,  lat.  69°  14'  ('•Valorous'  Exped.),  the   most    northern 
locality  on  record ;  Holsteinborg  Harbour  ('  Valorous '  Exped.)  ;  Fiskernsesset  (Lutken) ; 
Arksut  (Barrett}. 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :    Grand  Manan,  at  low  water  and  in  40  fms. 
(Verrill);  Maine  (Stimpson). 

•c.  North  of  European  Continent :  Iceland,  Fseroe  Islands,  Finmark,  Scandinavian 
coasts,  British  Isles. 

PSOLUS  FABEICII  (D.  &  K.),  Lutken.     Plate  I,  Figs.  9-13. 

1780.  Holoihuria  squamata,  Fabricius,  Fauna  Grcenlandica,  p.  356.  no.  348  (non  0.  F.  M.,  nee  D.  &  K). 

1841.  Holoihuria  squamata,  Gould,  Invert.  Anim.  Massachusetts,  p.  345. 

1844.  Cuvieria  Fabricii,  Diiben  &  Koren,  Kongl.  Yet.-Akad.  Handl.  1844,  p.  316. 

1851.   Cuvieria  Fabricii,  Ayres,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  iv.  pp.  35-37. 

1853.  Cuvieria  Fabricii,  Stimpson,  Syn.  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  16. 

1857.  Psolus  Fabricii,  Lutken,  Vid.  Meddcl.  N.  Forening  i  Kjb'benhavn,  1857,  p.  13. 

1866.  Lophothuria  Fabricii,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  354. 

1867.  Cuvieria  Fabricii,  Selenka,  Zeitschr.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xvii.  p.  343. 

1868.  Psolus  Fabricii,  Semper,  Eeisen  im  Archipel  der  Philippinen,  Holothurien,  pp.  62,  272. 

1877.  Psolus  Fabricii,  Marenzeller,  Coelent.  Echin.  u.    Wiirmer    d.   ost.-ung.    Nordpol.-Exped.  p.  32 
(Denksch.  d.  k.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.  Wien,  Bd.  xxxv.). 

Body  somewhat  limpet-  or  chiton-shaped,  arched  above  and  flat  beneath  ;  dorsal 
and  ventral  surfaces  separated  by  a  perfectly  sharp  angle,  the  contour  of  the  periphery 
being  oval.  Both  oral  and  anal  apertures  are  situated  upon  the  dorsal  area,  one  at 
either  extremity,  and  rather  nearer  to  the  margin  than  midway  from  the  centre  in  the 
longitudinal  axis  of  the  body.  The  dorsal  surface  is  covered  with  very  large  plate-like 
scales,  which  imbricate  upon  one  another,  their  free  margins  being  round  in  contour 
and  directed  centripetally ;  those  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  apertures  are  somewhat 
smaller,  and  are  grouped  round  the  opening  itself  as  the  centre  of  their  arrangement, 
whilst  a  number  of  the  scales  that  immediately  surround  the  orifice  become  developed 
into  thick  calcareous  wart-like  tubercles.  Bordering  the  extreme  outer  edge  of  the 
dorsal  area  are  about  two  rows  of  very  much  smaller  scales,  not  more  than  one  tenth 

*  In  the  "  Preliminary  Report  of  the  Biological  Results  of  a  Cruise  in  H.M.S.  '  Valorous '  to  Davis  Strait 
in  1875,''  Proceed.  Roy.  Soc.  vol.  xxv.  pp.  202-215. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  11 

the  size  of  the  others.     The  scales  are  densely  covered  with  very  large  granules,  but 
which  in  old  specimens  are  not  unfrequently  abraded  in  places. 

The  integument  of  the  ventral  area,  although  thin,  is  tough  and  leathery,  and 
presents  no  asperities  to  the  touch.  The  ambulacral  feet  are  entirely  confined  to  the 
ventral  area,  and  are  limited  to  its  extreme  outer  margin,  round  which  the  suckers 
form  a  broad  border  about  four  or  five  rows  deep,  very  closely  crowded,  and  having 
no  perceptible  order  in  their  arrangement  except  in  the  outermost  series,  which  are 
smaller  than  the  rest,  and  form  a  line  parallel  with  the  margin.  At  the  anterior  and 
posterior  ends  of  this  oval  marginal  series  may  be  found  a  few  additional  suckers 
extending  along  the  median  line :  these  are  the  rudiments  of  the  aborted  middle 
^ambulacral  series ;  and  it  is  rare  that  more  than  four  or  five  rows  of  four  suckers  each 
are  present. 

The  mouth-ring  resembles  that  of  P.  squamatus,  D.  &  K.,  the  elements  having 
more  or  less  the  form  of  an  inverted  Y,  and  the  five  interradial  pieces  being  smaller 
than  the  radials. 

The  Polian  vesicle  is  large  and  single,  the  generative  tubes  extremely  numerous 
and  extensive,  and  the  muscular  system  much  more  strongly  developed  than  in 
P.  squamatus  (Lu'tken). 

Respecting  the  spicules  which  occur  in  the  cuticle  of  this  Holothuroid,  those  of 
the  ventral  skin  are  indefinite  in  shape,  and  are  more  correctly  described  as  calcareous 
reticulations  having  large  circular  apertures  than  as  plates  punctured  with  holes. 
Short  prolongations  frequently  rise  at  right  angles  from  the  decussations  or  midway  on 
the  intercalary  portions ;  and  occasionally  secondary  branchings  are  formed  from  these. 
Here  and  there  small  cup-shaped  spicules  are  to  be  met  with,  probably  undeveloped 
stages  of  the  larger  spicules.  The  tubes  of  the  sucker-feet  are  overlaid  with  spicules 
somewhat  similar  in  shape  and  character  to  those  of  the  ventral  cuticle;  and  the 
extremity  is  provided  with  a  large  circular  calcareous  disk,  likewise  of  reticulated 
structure,  with  the  holes  very  large,  close  together,  and  nearly  equal  in  size. 

Colour  and  Size. — Psohis  Falridi  is,  when  alive,  of  a  dark  red  colour,  which 
in  spirit  becomes  changed  to  brown.  Ayres  speaks  of  his  American  specimens  as 
being  of  a  bright  brick-red  when  alive  (loc.  cit.  p.  36).  One  of  the  largest  examples 
measured  3^  inches  in  length  and  over  2  inches  in  breadth  (Lutken). 

Premature  Form. — In  a  young  state  the  dorsal  surface  is  more  depressed,  and  the 
orifices  of  the  alimentary  canal  are  somewhat  nearer  the  margin  than  in  the  adult 
animal.  The  ambulacral  feet  are  limited  to  a  double  row  of  suckers  surrounding  the 
margin  of  the  ventral  area ;  and  no  trace  is  visible  of  the  median  series.  It  is  of 
interest  to  note  that  at  this  stage  the  young  of  the  present  species  are  almost  undis- 
tinguishable  from  those  of  Ps.  pliantapus  of  a  corresponding  period  of  growth,  although 
the  latter  is  a  form  whose  habit  differs  most  strikingly  from  that  of  the  present  species 
when  adult  examples  are  compared.  The  same  remark  holds  good  for  the  young  stages 
of  Ps.  squamatus  as  well,  the  superficial  differences  at  an  early  phase  being  nothing 
more  than  slight  variations  in  the  character  of  the  spicules  that  indurate  the  ventral 
cuticle. 

c2 


12  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

Variations. — The  preceding  remarks  respecting  the  resemblances  that  occur  in 
the  premature  phases  of  three  allied  species  (two  of  which  at  least  are  associated  in 
the  same  waters)  are  of  themselves  sufficient  to  suggest  the  existence  of  ancestral 
affinities ;  and,  indeed,  so  near  is  the  relationship  in  one  case  that,  although  the  im- 
practicability of  uniting  the  whole  group  is  clearly  apparent,  the  propriety  of  merging 
two  of  them,  Ps.  Falricii  and  Ps.  squamatus,  is,  in  our  opinion,  far  from  questionable ; 
for  that  Ps.  Fabricii  is  in  reality  the  outcome  of  locational  variation  from  the 
squamatus  type  there  would  seem  to  be  but  little  doubt.  At  the  same  time  it  is 
interesting  to  note  the  wide  area  over  which  the  forms  are  found  distributed  and  their 
divergence  maintained — both  Ps.  phantapus  (teste  Sars)  and  Ps.  Fabricii  (teste  Ayres) 
being  found  on  the  E.  coast  of  North  America,  and  having  associated  with  them  two 
allied  forms,  viz.  Ps.  l&vigatus,  Ayr.,  and  Ps.  granulatus,  Ayr.,  both  of  which  may, 
without  much  difficulty,  be  regarded  as  derivative  forms  when  the  whole  group  is 
passed  in  review. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland :    Holsteinborg,  lat.  66°  56'  N.  ('  Valorous '  Exped.) ;  Jakobshavn, 
Julianshaab  (Lutkeri). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :    Newfoundland  (Lutken) ;    Grand  Manan,  2-8 
fms.,  adhering  to  rocks  (  Verrill) ;  Massachusetts  Bay. 

c.  ?  North  of  European  Continent :  Lat.  74°  48'  N.,  long.  69°  26'  E.  (Weyprecht  & 
Payer's  Exped.),  the  most  northern  locality  on  record. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  I. 

Fig.  9.  Dorsal  aspect  of  the  animal :  natural  size. 

10.  Ventral  aspect  of  the  same  specimen:  natural  size. 

11.  Ventral  aspect  of  a  young  specimen  :  natural  size. 

12.  One  of  the  small  cup-like  spicules  of  the  ventral  integument:  magnified. 

13.  Spicules  of  the  ventral  integument :  magnified. 

CHIRODOTA  L^VIS  (Fabricius),  Grube,     Plate  I,  Figs.  14-19. 

1780.  Holoihuria  Icevis,  Fabricius,  Fauna  Grcenlandica,  p.  353.  no.  345. 

1806.  ?  Holoihuria  pellucida  (Vahl),  Ratbke,  Zool.  Dan.  vol.  iv.  p.  17,  tab.  cxxxv.  fig.  1. 

1829.  Chirodota  discolor,  Eschscholtz,  Zool.  Atlas,  Heft  ii.  p.  13,  tab.  x.  fig.  2. 

1833.  Pentacta  Icevis,  Jager,  De  Holothuriis,  p.  13. 

1833.  Pentacta  pellucida,  id.  ibid. 

1834.  Cucumaria  Icevis,  Blainville,  Manuel  d'Actinologie,  p.  195. 

1834.  Cucumaria  pellucida,  id.  ibid. 

1835.  Dactylota  Icevis,  Brandt,  Prodr.  Descrip.  anim.  ab  Hertensio  obs.,  fasc.  i.  p.  45. 
1835.  Dactylota  pellucida,  id.  ibid. 

1835.  Chirodota  discolor,  Brandt,  loc.  cit.  p.  59. 

1837.  Pentacta  Icevis,  Lamarck,  Anim.  e.  Vert.  ed.  3,  vol.  i.  p.  553. 

1837.  Pentacta  pellucida,  id.  ibid. 

1851.  ?  Thyonidium  pellucidum,  Sars,  Reise  i  Lofoten  og  Finmarken,  p.  44. 

1851.  ?  Synapta  coreacea,  Agassiz,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  vol.  ii.  p.  269. 

1851.  ?  Synapta  rotifera,  Pourtales,  Proc.  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  1851,  p.  15. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  13 

1851.  Chiridota  lewis,  Grube,  Middendorff's  Sibirische  Reiso,  Bd.  ii.  p.  41. 

1851.  ?  Chiridota  discolor,  Grube,  Middendorff's  Sibirische  Reise,  Bd.  ii.  p.  35. 

1852.  Trochinus  pallidus,  Ayres,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  iv.  p.  243. 

1853.  Chirodota  Icevis,  Stimpson,  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  17. 

1857.  Chiridota  lave,  Liitken,  Vid.  Mcddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  16. 

1861.  ?  Chirodota  pellucida,  Sars,  Oversigt  af  Norges  Echinodermor,  p.  124,  pis.  14-16. 

1862.  Chirodota  Icevis,  Dujardin  &  Hupe,  Hist.  Nat.  Zooph.  ISchinodormes,  p.  616. 

1866.  Chirodota  Iceve,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  354. 

1867.  Chirodota  pellucida,  Selenka,  Zoitsch.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xvii.  p.  366. 
1867.  ?  Chirodota  tiyillum,  Selenka,  ibid. 

1867.  ?  Chirodota  typica,  Selonka,  ibid. 

1868.  Chirodota  Icevis,  Semper,  Holothurien,  Reise  im  Archip.  d.  Phil.  pp.  23,  267. 

1868.  Chirodota  pellucida,  Semper,  Holothurien,  Eeise  im  Archip.  d.  Phil.  pp.  23,  267,  pi.  v.  fig.  2. 

Body  elongate  and  cylindrical,  to  which  the  absence  of  sucker-feet  and  of  all 
hooklets  or  asperities  imparts  a  strikingly  vermiform  appearance.  Specimens  preserved 
in  spirit,  however,  are  extremely  contracted  and  generally  contorted  out  of  all  natural 
shape.  The  skin  is  smooth,  whitish,  and  semitransparent  in  spirit  preparations ;  and 
the  longitudinal  muscles  form  five  dense  white  bands  extending  from  end  to  end  and 
prominently  marking  out  the  interradial  spaces.  Within  these  areas  are  found  a 
number  of  milk-white  spots  or  sac-like  papillae,  ranging  up  to  a  millimetre  in  diameter, 
and  arranged  in  three  of  the  interradia  (which  may  be  regarded  as  the  dorsal  area)  in  a 
fairly  continuous  line  of  about  20  to  30,  whilst  in  the  remaining  two  interradia,  which 
form  the  ventral  surface,  there  are  not  more  than  from  3  to  12,  and  these  confined 
generally  to  the  extremities,  principally  the  anterior  one.  The  white  excrescences  or 
sacculi  are  not  all  of  uniform  size ;  for  a  smaller  one  frequently  alternates  with  a  larger ; 
and  they  contain  a  collection  of  the  elegant  wheel-shaped  spicules  which  charac- 
terize this  genus ;  and  of  these  there  may  be  as  many  as  90  or  even  more  in  the  large 
spots.  The  wheels  measure  O'l  millim.  in  diameter,  and  are  uniformly  six-rayed;  the 
edge  of  the  rim  is  bent  over  inwards  and  finely  denticulated,  a  character  which  is  only 
perceptible  under  certain  methods  of  illumination ;  and  this,  as  well  as  the  manner  in 
which  the  "  spokes  "  are  attached  to  it,  seems  to  have  been  frequently  misunderstood, 
and  to  have  given  rise  in  consequence  to  much  diversity  of  opinion,  since  the  differences 
were  considered  to  be  of  specific  importance. 

The  tentacles  are  twelve  in  number,  and  somewhat  hand-shaped ;  and  the  digita- 
tions,  of  which  there  are  10-12,  are  capable  of  being  closed  in  upon  the  "  palm."  The 
tentacles  contain  a  few  small  spicules,  which  in  the  "  fingers "  are  little  more  than 
simple  elongate  bodies ;  but  nearer  the  base  their  extremities  are  enlarged  and  frequently 
either  cleft  or  crenulate. 

The  mouth-ring  is  very  compact,  the  elements  being  in  such  firm  adherence  as  to 
convey  the  idea  of  a  solid  annul  us ;  they  are  subquadrate  in  form,  having  the  lower 
margin  incurved,  and  on  the  upper  a  slight  prominence  with  a  small  hollowing-out  of 
the  margin  on  either  side  of  it ;  five  of  the  pieces  (alternately  placed)  are  punctured  for 
the  nerve.  On  the  unpunctured  plates  there  is  an  elevation  or  crest-like  prominence, 
somewhat  in  the  form  of  an  inverted  Y. 


14  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

The  retractor  muscles  are  thick  and  powerful,  and  attached  along  their  length  by 
a  muscular  membrane  to  their  corresponding  longitudinal  band.  The  whole  muscular 
system  is  very  strongly  developed,  the  longitudinal  bands  being  remarkably  thick  and 
robust,  whilst  the  transverse  series  are  numerous  and  closely  placed. 

The  Polian  vesicles  are  long  and  thin,  10-15  in  number,  and  of  unequal  length,  the 
longer  ones  being  twice  (or  even  more)  the  length  of  the  shorter. 

The  alimentary  canal  is  nearly  three  times  the  length  of  the  body,  and  is  bent  twice 
upon  itself.  Passing  from  the  mouth  it  runs  four  fifths  the  length  of  the  body ;  its 
course  is  then  reversed,  and  the  canal  proceeds  as  far  as  the  anterior  third  of  the  body, 
when  it  is  again  sharply  bent  backwards  and  passes  to  the  anal  extremity — the  three 
lengths  formed  by  the  convolutions  being  held  in  their  places  by  mesenteries. 

The  mesenteries  attached  to  the  two  lower  portions  are  accompanied  along  the  line 
of  their  attachment  to  the  body-wall  by  a  longitudinal  series  of  small  pyriform  bodies 
of  peculiar  shape,  attached  to  a  common  cord  which  passes  nearly  up  to  the  oral  extre- 
mity— the  "  infundibular  "  organs  or  "  Wimpertrichter."  Their  form  is  represented  in 
Fig.  17;  and  it  will  be  noted  that  they  accord  very  nearly  with  those  given  by  Sars  of 
C.  pellucida,  and  in  like  manner  with  those  of  a  Greenland  specimen  of  C.  Icevis,  which 
are  figured  for  comparison. 

The  generative  organs  consist  of  two  series  of  long  and  extensive  dichotomosing 
tubes  connected  together  by  a  slender  branch. 

Size. — The  largest  example  of  this  species  has  been  recorded  by  Sars,  and  measured 
100  millims.  in  length ;  generally,  however,  they  range  from  20  to  40  millims. 

Premature  Form. — In  young  stages  the  spots  or  sacculi  which  occur  in  the  interradial 
areas  are  smaller  in  number  and  proportionally  larger  in  size  than  in  the  adult  animal. 
The  calcareous  wheels  contained  in  the  sacculi  have  both  the  spokes  and  the  rim  con- 
siderably broader  in  the  old  than  in  the  young  form.  Young  individuals  have  also 
fewer  "  fingers  "  on  the  tentacles,  those  of  a  small  specimen  5  millims.  in  length  having 
only  six  digitations  to  each  (Sars). 

Variations. — Chirodota  Icevis  may  unquestionably  be  regarded  as  a  circumpolar 
species;  and  the  modifications  which  it  presents  are  comparatively  slight.  We  are 
unable  to  consider  the  forms  from  Finmark  and  Lofoten,  so  carefully  described  by  Sars 
under  the  name  of  C.  pellucida  (Vahl),  as  other  than  the  representatives  of  C.  Icevis,  the 
Greenland  type  of  Fabricius  and  Lvitken,  the  modifications  which  led  Sars  to  place 
them  as  distinct  species  being  frequently  found  much  less  pronounced,  in  both  forms 
mutually,  than  in  the  specimens  he  examined.  Amongst  the  specimens  of  this  species 
procured  by  the  '  Valorous '  dredgings  there  are  examples  in  which  the  form  of  the 
wheels  and  of  the  tubular  infundibular  organs  accord  perhaps  more  nearly  with  Sars's 
figures  of  C.  pellucida  than  with  those  which  he  gives  for  comparison  of  the  same 
structures  from  the  specimen  of  C.  Icevis  which  he  had  dissected.  Upon  both  of  these 
points  he  placed  great  importance. 

C.  discolor,  of  Grube,  from  Behring's  Straits,  although  presenting  greater  divergence 
than  the  above,  seems  indubitably  to  belong  to  the  same  type.  The  differences  noted 
in  the  form  of  the  wheels  and  the  structure  of  the  infundibular  organs,  as  well  as  the 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  15 

greater  length  of  the  alimentary  canal  and  the  longer  and  more  attenuated  generative 
sacs,  are  results  which  may  not  unnaturally  be  expected  to  arise  when  the  distribution 
of  the  forms  compared  is  kept  in  mind. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland  :    Godhavn,  lat.  69°  14'  N.  ('  Valorous '  Exped.  &  Hayes  s  Exped.), 
the  most  northern  locality  on  record. 

b.  North  of  American  Continent:  Labrador,  10  fms.,  sandy  bottom  (Packard,  fide 
Verrill)  ;  Grand  Manan  (Stimpson) ;  Eastport,  under  stones  at  low  water  (Verrill). 

?  Sitcha  (under  the  name  of  C.  discolor,  Eschscholtz). 

c.  North  of  European  Continent'.  Finmark  and  Lofoten,  1-2  fms.,  sand  (Sars). 

d.  North  of  Asiatic  Continent :  Ochotsk  Sea  1    (under  the  name  of  C.  discolor, 
Grube,  Middendorff's  Exped.). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  I. 

Fig.  14.  The  animal,  much  contracted :  natural  size. 

15.  Generative  tubes :  magnified. 

16.  Portion  of  the  mouth-ring :  magnified. 

17.  The  pyriform  infundibular  organs  or  "  Wimpertrichter :  "  magnified. 

18.  One  of  the  wheel-like  spicules :  magnified. 

19.  One  of  the  sacculi,  to  show  the  aggregation  of  the  spicules :  magnified. 

MYRIOTROCHUS  RINKII,  Steenstrup.     Plate  I,  Figs.  20-24. 

1851.  Myriotrochus  Binkii,  Steenstrup,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobonhavn,  1851,  p.  55,  pi.  iii. 

figs.  7-10. 

1852.  Chiridota  brevis,  Huxley,  Sutherland's  '  Journal  of  a  Voyage,'  Append,  vol.  ii.  p.  ccxi. 
1857.  Myriotrochus  BinJcii,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  22. 
1863.  Myriotrochus  Binkii,  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.  1863,  p.  142. 

1867.  Myriotrochus  BinJcii,  Selenka,  Zeitsch.  f.  wiss.  Zool.  Bd.  xvii.  p.  367. 

1868.  Myriotrochus  Binkii,  Semper,  Reisen  im  Archipel  der  Philippinen,  Holothurien,  p.  24. 

1877.  Myriotrochus  Binkii  (?pars),  Theel,  Nova  Acta  Keg.  Soc.  Sci.  Upsal.  ser.  3,  1877,  no.  xvii.  p.  3. 

Body  cylindrical,  and  tapering  only  slightly  towards  the  posterior  extremity,  in 
some  specimens  the  middle  portion  being  somewhat  swollen  out,  which  causes  the  Holo- 
thuroid  to  present  a  slightly  arched  profile.  Anterior  extremity  very  broad  and 
incapable  of  being  retracted  within  the  body,  the  habit  of  the  animal  being  compara- 
tively short  and  thick,  the  length  not  more  than  four  or  five  times  the  thickness.  The 
skin  is  smooth  and  whitish  grey,  and  in  some  examples  semitransparent,  in  which  case 
the  five  longitudinal  muscular  bands  as  well  as  some  of  the  internal  organs  are  visible 
through  the  membrane.  The  surface  of  the  body  is  overstrewn  with  large  calcareous 
wheel-shaped  spicules  of  characteristic  form,  attached  to  the  integument  by  means  of  a 
short  peduncle  or  prolongation  of  the  skin,  which  is  affixed  to  the  central  portion  or 
"  boss."  This,  however,  is  not  easy  to  be  seen  in  all  the  spicules,  as  some  are  closely 
appressed  to  the  body,  in  consequence  no  doubt  of  muscular  contraction.  The  spicules, 
as  a  rule,  are  more  numerous  upon  the  dorsal  than  upon  the  ventral  surface ;  in  some 


16  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

specimens,  however,  they  seem  to  be  wanting  altogether  on  the  ventral  interradia,  and 
are  confined  to  a  few  isolated  spicules  on  the  anterior  and  posterior  extremities  of  the 
dorsal  area. 

The  spicules  are  wheel-shaped  and  slightly  concave  outwardly,  varying  from  '2  to 
•25  of  a  millim.  in  diameter.  The  spokes  or  radii,  which  are  straight  and  slender,  and 
are  united  into  a  central  boss,  average  about  nineteen  in  number ;  but  they  may  vary 
by  three  or  four  more  or  less. 

The  circumference  or  portion  which  represents  the  outer  rim  is  divided  by  sutures 
midway  between  each  of  the  radial  spokes ;  and  prolongations  given  off  from  the  margin, 
and  bent  sharply  over  at  an  acute  angle,  are  directed  inward  towards  the  centre,  and 
form  a  continuous  series  of  equal,  regular,  elongate  denticles.  These  denticles  are 
about  one  third  of  a  radius  in  length,  generally  somewhat  three-sided  in  form  ;  and  their 
number  frequently  exceeds  that  of  the  spokes  of  the  wheel. 

The  manner  in  which  the  spicules  are  developed  is  interesting,  and  is  easily  followed 
in  some  examples.  The  central  boss  is  the  first  commencement,  the  margin  of  which 
becomes  crenulated  ;  and  then  denticles  develop,  which  are  gradually  prolonged  in  the 
form  of  spokes  until  the  full  size  of  the  wheel  is  attained ;  processes  then  form  at  the 
extremities  at  right  angles  to  the  spoke,  and  these  eventually  meet  and  coalesce  with 
the  corresponding  processes  from  the  neighbouring  rays  or  spokes,  whereby  a  con- 
tinuous rim  is  formed  equal  in  thickness  to  the  rays ;  this  rim  next  increases  some- 
what in  breadth,  and  the  inwardly  directed  denticles  begin  to  develop  from  the  margin. 

The  tentacles  are  twelve  in  number,  and,  judging  from  their  structure,  are  somewhat 
hand-shaped,  and  would  resemble  when  extended  the  form  which  is  found  in  Chirodota 
(cf.  Steenstrup,  loc.  cit.) ;  when  retracted,  however,  the  upper  portion  is  drawn  within 
the  basal  part  or  stem  of  the  tentacle  itself,  the  membrane  forming  a  kind  of  hood 
which  arches  over  from  the  inward  side,  but  leaves  the  extremities  of  the  digitate  pro- 
longations exposed  and  visible  on  the  outer  side. 

Within  the  broad  circlet  of  the  tentacles  stretches  a  muscular  membrane,  in  the 
centre  of  which  the  mouth-aperture  is  situated.  The  alimentary  canal  passes  directly 
from  this  to  the  posterior  portion  of  the  animal,  where  it  is  bent  upon  itself,  then  two 
or  three  times  sharply  convoluted,  and  prolonged  as  far  as  the  anterior  third  of  the 
body,  when  its  course  is  again  reversed,  and  it  finally  passes  direct  to  the  anal 
aperture,  this  lower  or  intestinal  portion  being  several  times  narrower  than  the  rest  of 
the  canal  (see  fig.  22).  The  various  convolutions  are  held  in  position  by  fine  reticulated 
mesenteries. 

The  calcareous  mouth-ring  is  very  large  and  strong,  and  composed  of  ten  ossicles ; 
eight  of  these  bear  on  their  upperside  a  long,  three-sided,  wedge-shaped  prolongation, 
whilst  the  remaining  two,  which  are  situated  on  either  side  of  the  median  dorsal  ossicle 
of  the  ring,  have  each  two  prolongations.  Thus  the  prolongations  correspond  in  number 
with  the  tentacles,  the  bases  of  the  latter  being  situated  between  them,  whilst  a  fine 
muscular  band,  which  would  seem  to  function  as  their  retractor,  stretches  between  the 
prolongations  halfway  between  the  base  and  tip.  A  foramen  for  the  passage  of  the 
radial  nerve  is  punctured  through  the  prolongation,  somewhat  above  its  base. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  17 

The  water-vascular  ring  is  broad  and  conspicuous ;  and  although  only  one  Polian 
vesicle  is  developed,  which  is  large  and  heart-shaped,  a  number  of  dilatations  occur  at 
intervals  on  the  ring,  which  are  suggestive  of  incipient  or  aborted  vesicles  (cf.  fig.  24). 

The  generative  organs  consist  of  two  groups  of  dichotomosing  tubes  which  unite  in 
a  single  duct,  that  makes  its  exit  outside  the  tentacular  ring.  The  sexes  are  distinct 
and  readily  distinguishable :  in  the  female  the  tubes  are  shorter  but  very  much  broader, 
and  the  large-sized  ova  can  generally  be  seen  within ;  in  the  male,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  tubes  are  longer  and  thinner  as  well  as  more  numerous.  In  neither  sex  do  these 
tubes,  as  a  rule,  extend  beyond  the  anterior  third  of  the  body. 

Premature  Form. — We  are  unable  to  speak  from  personal  observation  of  the 
growth-phases  of  Myriotrochus,  as  all  the  specimens  at  our  disposal  have  been  more  or 
less  perfectly  developed.  Dr.  Hj.  Theel*  mentions  an  individual  10  millims.  in  length, 
presumably  referable  to  this  species,  as  the  smallest  he  had  examined.  He  states  that 
"  the  skin  contained  a  great  quantity  of  the  wheels  in  different  stages  of  development, 
some  even  perfectly  formed,  although  amongst  the  whole  it  was  scarcely  possible  to 
find  two  that  were  identical.  Many  of  the  spicules  had  not  more  than  six  or  ten  radii, 
but  bore  twice  that  number,  or  even  more,  of  the  denticles.  This  example,  which  was 
a  female,  contained,  notwithstanding  its  small  size,  fully  developed  eggs  "  (loc.  tit.). 

Variations. — On  the  whole,  Myriotrochus  Rinkii  is  a  species  that  seems  to 
undergo  only  very  slight  variation  in  form;  the  main  difference  which  we  have 
remarked  occurs  in  the  number  of  spicules  that  are  present  on  the  cuticle.  For 
instance,  in  some  examples  the  whole  of  the  three  dorsal  interradia  are  closely  filled 
with  spicules,  and  a  fair  sprinkling  is  distributed  over  the  ventral  area  as  well ;  whilst, 
on  the  other  hand,  specimens  are  not  rare  in  which  these  are  confined  to  the  median 
dorsal  interradial  area,  with,  perhaps,  just  a  few  on  the  edge  of  the  adjoining  areas, 
the  ventral  portion  being  quite  bare,  except  three  or  four  isolated  wheels  at  the  anterior 
extremity ;  and  there  are  yet  others  even  more  sparingly  provided,  which  have  only  a 
few  isolated  spicules  at  the  extremities  of  the  dorsal  surface.  Respecting  the  above- 
named  variable  character,  we  are  bound  to  confess  that  we  are  at  present  unable  to 
assign  even  a  locational  value  to  these  modifications,  since  both  extremes  occur  together 
in  the  material  received  from  the  most  northern  collecting-station  recorded. 

With  these  facts  before  us,  it  would  seem  that  the  characters  upon  which  Sars 
founded  his  genus  Oligotrochus  are  all  to  be  found  in  Myriotrochits ;  and  consequently 
no  grounds  exist  on  which  that  genus  can  be  longer  maintained.  Indeed  we  have  for 
some  time  been  of  opinion  that  even  the  species  0.  vitreus,  Sars,  could  only  be  regarded 
as  a  variety  comprehended  within  the  form  of  Myriotrochus  Rinkii;  but  a  recent  paper 
of  Dr.  Theel's,  and  a  careful  comparison  of  Sars's  description  and  figures  with  the 
material  we  have  had  before  us,  lead  to  the  conclusion  that  Oligotrochus  vitreus  may 
probably  rank  as  a  species  of  Myriotrochus  allied  to  M.  EinMi ;  and  we  are  also  further 
inclined  to  think,  from  the  description  given,  that  Dr.  Theel's  specimens  from  Novaya 
Zemlya  and  the  sea  of  Kara  would  accord  more  nearly  with  Myriotrochus  vitreus  than 

»  Nova  Acta  Keg.  Soc.  Sc.  Upsal.  ser.  iii.  1877,  no.  xvii.  p.  6. 


18  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

with  the  Greenland  form  of  Steenstrup's  species.  In  one  characteristic  especially  do 
they  correspond  with,  and  by  the  same  differ  from,  the  ordinary  arctic  forms  of  M.  EinJcii. 
In  this  latter  the  spicules  are  attached  to  the  skin  by  a  kind  of  stalk  or  prolongation 
of  the  cuticular  membrane,  whilst  in  0.  vitreus  and  Dr.  Theel's  specimens  of  Myrio- 
trochus  it  is  particularly  mentioned  that  these  are  embedded  in  the  skin  itself.  So 
marked  is  the  feature,  that  amongst  all  his  material  Dr.  Theel  has  never  seen  an  indi- 
cation of  the  "  stalk ;"  and  he  is  hence  led  to  question  the  accuracy  of  Steenstrup's 
description  in  this  respect,  and  to  take,  at  the  same  time  (quite  erroneously,  it  would 
seem  to  us)  certain  words  used  by  Prof.  Huxley  when  describing  Chirodota  brevis  as 
supporting  the  same  conclusion  (Theel,  I.  <?.  p.  4 ;  Huxley,  I.  c.  p.  ccxii).  Now  it  is 
very  remarkable  that,  on  the  other  hand,  every  specimen  which  we  have  examined, 
whether  from  Greenland  or  the  extreme  north,  has  the  spicules  attached  by  membranous 
stalks,  and  that  this  is  a  character  which  is  at  once  apparent  on  examining  them  with 
no  greater  magnifying-power  than  a  simple  hand-glass.  It  is,  in  all  probability,  true 
that  the  spicules  could  be  drawn  more  or  less  tightly  down  to  the  surface,  as  Steenstrup 
has  already  suggested,  from  the  nature  of  their  attachment  (Steenstrup,  I.  c.  p.  58)  ; 
and  in  some  rare  cases,  where  the  spicules  have  been  abraded,  there  seem  to  be  little 
cavities  left  in  their  place  in  the  membrane ;  but  we  are  disposed  to  believe  that  this 
results  rather  from  the  change  which  has  taken  place  in  the  tissue  around  the  closely 
appressed  spicule  whilst  in  spirit,  than  from  a  natural  depression  existing  during  life. 

Distribution. 

a.  Northward  of  Smith  Sound :  Discovery  Bay,  lat.  81°  41'  N.  (Naress  Exped.), 
the  most  northern  locality  on  record ;  Port  Foulke,  lat.  78^°  N.  (Stimpson) ;  lat.  69°  31', 
100  fms.  ('  Valorous'  Exped.). 

In  Greenland  :  Godhavn ;  Omenak ;  Arksut,  10  fms.,  mud  (Llitken) ;  Germania 
Harbour  in  E.  Greenland,  2  fms.  (Moelius). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :    Assistance  Bay  (Penny's  Exped.) ;  Labrador 
(Packard,  fide  Verrill). 

c.  North    of  European    Continent:     Spitzbergen     (Lutken);     Novaya    Zemlya, 
2-70  fms.,  clay ;  Vaigatch ;  Kara  Sea,  11-60  fms.,  sandy  clay ;  Sea  of  Murrnan  (Theel). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  I. 

Fig.  20.  The  animal :  natural  size. 

21.  One  of  the  spicules :  magnified. 

22.  Sketch  of  the  internal  organs,  showing  the  relative  proportions  of  the  alimen- 

tary canal,  the  Polian  vesicle,  and  the  generative  tubes. 

23.  Portion  of  the  mouth-ring :  magnified. 

24.  Underside  of  mouth-ring,  with  parts  attached,  seen  from  below,  showing  the 

dilatations  of  the  oral  water-vessel. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND,  19 


ECHINOIDEA. 

ONE  solitary  species  of  Echinus  is  the  sole  representative  of  this  large  class  in  the 
Smith-Sound  area ;  no  other  Echinoid  passes  in  this  direction  from  the  North  Atlantic 
up  Davis  Straits  beyond  the  Arctic  Circle.  The  form  in  question,  Strongylocentrotus 
drobachiensis,  would,  indeed,  seem  to  hold  undisputed  sway  in  the  boreal  regions,  being 
essentially  and  unequivocally  circumpolar  in  its  distribution,  as  will  be  seen  from  the 
list  of  localities  appended  below.  Considerable  variation  is  manifest,  as  might  naturally 
be  expected  in  so  wide  a  range ;  but  the  stages  are  so  gradual  and  the  intermediate 
forms  so  constantly  maintained,  that  no  characters  of  specific  value  are  recognizable 
amongst  them ;  and  we  are,  in  this  instance,  presented  with  an  interesting  example  of 
a  species  modified  under  the  influence  of  various  conditions  of  existence  (habitat)  alone, 
without  the  cooperation  or  hostile  action  of  any  closely  allied  competitive  forms. 

STRONGYLOCENTKOTUS  DROBACHIENSIS  (Miiller),  A.  Agassiz,     Plate  II.  Figs.  1-3. 

1776.  Echinus  drobachiensis,  0.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  Prodr.  p.  235.  no.  2846. 

1780.  Echinus  saxatilis,  Fabricius  (non  Miiller),  Fauna  Groenlandica,  p.  372.  no.  368. 

1788.  Echinus  drobachiensis,  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.  linn.  ed.  xiii.  p.  3169. 

1816.  Echinus  neglectus,  Lamarck,  Anim.  s.  Vort.  ed.  i.  vol.  iii.  p.  49. 

1826.  Echinus  granularis,  Say  (non  Lamarck),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.  1826,  p.  225. 

1828.  Echinus  subangularis,  Fleming  (non  Leske),  Hist.  British  Animals,  p.  479. 

1835.  Strongylocentrotus  chlorocentrotus,  Brandt,  Prod.  Descript.  anim.  ab  Mertensio  obs.,  faso.  i.  p.  264, 

1836.  Echinus  neglectus,  Agassiz,  Mem.  Soc.  So.  Nat.  Neufchatel,  i.  p.  190. 

1837.  Echinus  chlorocentrotus,  Des  Moulins,  Etudes  sur  les  Eehinides,  p.  282, 

1840.  Echinus  granulatus,  Gould,  Invert,  of  Massachusetts,  p.  344. 

1841.  Echinus  neglectus,  Forbes,  Hist.  British  Starfishes,  p.  172. 

1844.  Echinus  neglectus,  Diiben  &  Keren,  K.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.  1844,  p.  277. 
1846.  Toxopneustes  drobachiensis,  Agassiz,  Cat.  rais.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  vi.  p.  367. 
1846.  Toxopneustes  neglectus,  Agassiz,  Cat.  rais.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  vi.  p.  367. 
1846.  Toxopneustes  granulates,  Agassiz,  Cat.  rais.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  vi.  p.  368, 
1846.  Toxopneustes  Dubenii,  Agassiz,  Cat.  rais.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  vi.  p.  368. 
1848.  Echinometra  drobachiensis,  Gray,  British  Eadiata  of  the  Brit.  Museum,  p.  4. 

1851.  Echinus  neglectus,  Brandt,  Middendorff's  Sibirische  Eeise,  Bd,  ii.  p.  34. 

1852.  Echinus  neglectus,  Forbes,  Sutherland's  Journal  of  a  Voyage  &c.  vol.  ii.  Append,  p.  ccxiv. 

1853.  Echinus  granulatus,  Stimpson,  Syn.  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  15. 

1857.  Toxopneustes  drobachiensis,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p  24. 
1857.  Toxopneustes  drobachiensis,  Sars,  Bidr.  Middelhavete  Littoral-Fauna,  p.  115. 

1857.  Echinus  chloroticus,  Stimpson,  Journ.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vi.  p.  86. 

1858.  Toxopneustes  neglectus,  Desor,  Syn.  des  Echin.  foss.  p.  135. 

1863.  Toxopneustes  drobachiensis,  A.  Agassiz,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  1863,  p.  191. 

1863.  Toxopneustes  carnosus,  Barnard,  in  Agassiz,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Philad.  1863,  p.  357. 

1863.  Toxopneustes  chlorocentrotus,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1863,  p.  144. 

1863.  Toxopneustes  granulatus,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1863,  pp.  144,  148. 

1866.  Eury  echinus  drobachiensis,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  pp.  341,  352. 

D2 


20  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

1866.  Euryethiniis  granulatus,  Terrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  pp.  340,  352. 

1868.  Toxopneustes  pictus,  Norman,  Report  Brit.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  1868,  p.  314. 

1871.  Toxopneustes  pallidas,  G.  0.  Sara,  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Forhandl.,  Nye  Echinodermer,  p.  25. 

1871.  Toxopneustes  drobachiensis,  Loven,  Ofvers.  K.  Vet.-Akad.  Forhandl.  1871,  no.  8. 

1872.  Strongylocentrotus  drobachiensis,  A.  Agassiz,  Revision  of  the  Echini,  pp.  162,  277. 

1877.  Strongylocentrotus  dr'obachiensis,   Marenzellor,  Ccelent.  Echin.   u.  Wiirmer  d.  ost.-ung.  Nordpol- 
Exped.  pp.  3,  29  (Denksch.  d.  k.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.  Wien,  Bd.  xxxv.). 

Test  depressed,  the  height  being  proportional  to  the  diameter  as  1 : 2  approxi- 
mately. Ambital  outline  almost  circular,  and  only  slightly  subpentagonal ;  contour  of 
the  profile  somewhat  conoid,  rounded  at  the  apex.  Test  well  rounded  beneath,  and 
incurved  towards  the  interior  at  the  margin  of  the  actinostome.  Actinostome  large, 
and  occupying  three  eighths  or  more  of  the  diameter.  Branchial  notches  very  slight. 
Buccal  membrane  thin,  and  with  comparatively  few  small,  granulated,  oblong  scales 
and  ten  large  buccal  plates.  Coronal  plates  comparatively  high,  each  bearing  one 
large  primary  tubercle,  imperforate  and  uncrenulate.  The  series  of  these  tubercles  form 
two  prominent  vertical  lines,  which  extend  from  the  apex  to  the  actinostome,  both  in 
the  ambulacral  and  in  the  interambulacral  areas.  In  the  interambulacral  areas  the 
plates  above  the  ambitus  bear  a  number  of  miliary  tubercles,  which  are  disposed  in  an 
irregular  manner  around  the  primary  tubercle,  and  form  not  unfrequently  in  small  spe- 
cimens a  more  or  less  clearly  defined  scrobicular  ring ;  below  the  ambitus  a  secondary 
tubercle  is  present  on  each  side  of  the  primary,  and,  in  fair-sized  specimens  of  the 
Echinus,  the  external  ones  (which  stand  nearest  to  the  poriferous  zone)  may  be  traced 
upon  the  abactinal  surface  of  the  test,  extending  in  very  rapidly  diminishing  series  for 
some  distance  above  the  ambitus.  In  the  ambulacral  areas  there  is  a  small  secondary 
tubercle  on  each  plate  on  the  inner  side  of  the  primary  tubercle,  the  series  diminishing  in 
size  as  they  approach  the  apex,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  which  the  secondary  tubercles 
become  altogether  undistinguishable  from  the  few  other  miliaries  which  are  present 
on  the  plate.  Near  the  ambitus  the  miliaries  are  fairly  numerous  and  irregular  in  size, 
the  most  conspicuous  amongst  them  frequently  forming,  on  the  pore  side  of  the  plate, 
an  arched  row  of  three  or  four,  which  stands  between  the  arc  of  pores  and  the  tubercle, 
the  adoral  miliaries  being  largest.  The  pores  are  arranged  in  arcs  of  5-6,  those  above 
the  ambitus  diverging  only  slightly  from  the  vertical.  The  apical  system  is  large, 
and  also  the  anal  ring,  into  which  two  ocular  plates  enter.  The  madreporiform  and  its 
companion  anterior  genital  plate  considerably  exceed  the  other  genital  plates  in  size, 
which  are  often  not  much  larger  than  the  two  entering  ocular  plates.  The  genital 
foramina  are  large.  The  spines  are  comparatively  fine  and  delicate,  and  vary  consider- 
ably in  length,  which  ranges  from  8  to  13  millims. 

Colour. — The  colour  of  the  test  is  a  varying  shade  of  purplish  brown,  that  of  the 
spines  greenish  grey,  the  test  being  sometimes  green  in  tint  also. 

Size. — The  northern  specimens  are  comparatively  smaller  than  individuals  from  a 
more  southern  habitat.  The  largest  example  obtained  during  Sir  George  Nares's  expe- 
dition was  taken  at  Cape  Napoleon,  and  measures  43  millims.  in  diameter,  21  millims. 
in  height,  and  has  20  primary  interambulacral  tubercles. 


Diameter. 

Height.         Anal  system. 

Actinostome. 

A 

.     .     39 

20 

6 

15-5 

B 

42 

19 

5 

15-1 

ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  21 

The  following  are  the  measurements  in  millims.  of 

A,  a  specimen  from  Discovery  Bay ; 

B,  a  specimen  from  the  Drobach  Fjord. 

Interamb.  tubercles. 

17 
15 

Variations. — Owing  to  the  extensive  range  of  this  boreal  Echinoid,  the  variations 
to  which  it  is  subject  are  so  great  that  there  are  perhaps  few  other  species  which 
include  in  their  list  of  synonyma  so  large  a  number  of  specific  determinations.  This 
arises  from  the  fact  that  distant  observers,  depending  too  confidently  upon  the  stability 
of  "  local  forms,"  have  founded  upon  these  characters  numerous  so-called  new  species, 
all  of  which,  however,  have  hitherto  proved  untenable  when  comparison  has  come  to 
be  made  with  a  large  series  of  specimens. 

Thus  a  range  of  examples  of  the  northern  varieties,  known  as  S.  granulatus  (Say), 
Gould,  and  S.  chlorocentrotus,  Brandt,  fail  to  present  any  characters  of  sufficient 
importance  to  warrant  their  separation  from  the  drobachiensis  group,  although,  when 
isolated  and  extreme  examples  are  compared,  the  differences  at  first  sight  appear  very 
marked. 

When  compared  with  what  may  be  called  a  typical  specimen,  the  test  of  the 
Arctic  forms  of  S.  drobachiensis  is  relatively  high,  with  the  contour  slightly  more  arched, 
and  having  a  larger  actinostome  and  apical  disk.  The  greatest  superficial  difference, 
however,  is  presented  by  the  spinulation.  In  some  forms  the  spines  of  the  abactinal 
surface  are  so  small  and  delicate,  and  so  widely  spaced,  that  the  Echinus  has  almost  a 
naked  appearance  when  placed  beside  others  which  are  more  uniformly  clothed  ;  and  it 
will  hardly  be  necessary  to  add  that  a  corresponding  modification  exists  in  the  size  and 
uniformity  of  the  tubercles  upon  which  the  spines  are  borne.  The  more  densely-spined 
and  more  uniformly  tuberculated  urchin  represents  well  the  form  known  as  granulating  ; 
and  a  glance  at  two  such  extreme  individuals  as  those  just  indicated  will  easily  account 
for  much  of  the  confusion  which  has  arisen  in  this  species. 

Both  of  these  forms  (the  uniformly  and  the  sparsely  spined)  occur  together  at 
several  stations  in  Smith  Sound,  and  extend  even  to  Discovery  Bay.  At  present  we 
are  unable  to  offer  any  definite  explanation  of  the  difference :  possibly  the  variation 
may  be  due  to  stunted  growth ;  or  perhaps  it  may  indicate  a  sexual  character. 

Distribution. 

a.  Northward  up  Smith  Sound :  Discovery  Bay,  lat.  81°  41'  N.,  15-20  fms.,  muddy 
bottom  (Nares's  Exped.},  the  most  northern  locality  on  record ;  Richardson  Bay,  70  fms. ; 
Franklin-Pierce    Bay,    13-15   fms.,    stony,    bottom   temperature    29°' 5    Fahr.  ;    Cape 
Napoleon ;  Hayes  Point,  35  fms.,  bottom  temperature  29°'5  Fahr.     Greenland. 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :  Assistance  Bay  (Penny's  Exped.).     All  the  east 


22  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

coast  of  N.  America  from  Labrador  to  New  Jersey,  and  probably  even  as  far  south  as 
Cape  Florida  ( Wiirdemann,  fide  A.  Agassiz) ;  west  coast  of  N.  America  to  Vancouver. 

c.  North  of  European  Continent :    Spitzbergen,  Novaya  Zemlya,  Iceland,  Faeroe 
Islands,  Scandinavian  coasts,  Britain. 

d.  North  of  Asiatic  Continent :    Behring's   Straits,   Kamtschatka,   Ochotsk   Sea 
(Brandt}. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  II. 

Fig.  1.  An  example  of  the  thinly-spined  form.     Abactinal  aspect :  natural  size. 

2.  The  same  specimen  seen  in  profile  :  natural  size. 

3.  Portion  of  the  test  near  the  ambitus,  showing  the  ambulacral  and  inter- 

ambulacral  areas :  magnified. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND. 


ASTEROIDEA. 

ALL  the  Asteroids  of  the  Smith-Sound  fauna  belong  to  well-known  forms,  with  the 
single  exception  of  Pedicellaster  palceocrystallus  from  Discovery  Bay  and  Cape  Frazer. 
Several  of  the  species  are  here  recorded  from  much  higher  latitudes  than  they  have 
previously  been  known  to  inhabit ;  and  one  of  them,  Lophaster  furcifer,  is  found  for 
the  first  time  within  the  entreme  boreal  regions. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  Asteroids  herein  described  from  the  Smith-Sound 
area,  including  all  which  have  been  found  in  the  confluent  portion  of  the  N.  Atlantic, 
north  of  the  Arctic  circle  (66°  30') : — 

1 .  Asteracanthion  polare,  Miiller  &  Troschel. 

2.  Asteracanthion  grcenlandicum  (Steenstp.),  Liitken. 

3.  Stichaster  albuhis  (Stimps.),  Verrill. 

4.  Cribrella  oculata  (Linck),  Forbes. 

5.  Pedicellaster  palceocrystallus,  Sladen. 

6.  Crossaster  papposus  (Linck),  M.  &  T. 

7.  Solaster  endeca  (Gmel.),  Forbes. 

8.  Lophaster  furcifer  (D.  &  K.),  Verrill. 

9.  Pteraster  militaris  (O.  F.  M.),  M.  &  T. 
10.  Ctenodiscus  corniculatus  (Linck),  Perrier. 

ASTERACANTHION  POLARE,  Miiller  &  Troschel.     Plate  II.  Figs.  4-8. 

1780.  Asterias  rubens,  Fabricius  (non  Linnd),  Fauna  Gromlandica,  p.  367,  no.  362. 

1780.  Asterias  minuta,  Fabricius,  Fauna  Groenlandica,  p.  370.  no.  365  (juv.). 

1821.  ?  Asterias  violacea,  Sabine  (non  Miiller),  Append.  Parry's  Voyage,_1819-20  in  '  Hecla '  and  '  Griper,' 

p.  ccxxiii. 

1842.  Asteracanthion  polaris,  Miiller  &  Troschel,  System  der  Asteriden,  p.  16. 
1851.  ?  Asteracanthium    ochotense,    Brandt,  Middendorffs  Keise    in  den  aussersten  Norden  und   Osten 

Sibericus,  Bd.  ii.  Th.  1,  p.  28. 

1857.  Asteracanthion  polaris,  Liitkon,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  28. 
1862.  Asteracanthion  rubens  (pars),  Dujardin  &  Hupe,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Zooph.  £chinodermes,  p.  331. 
1866.  Asterias  polaris,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  356. 
1869.  Asteracanthion  polaris  ?,  Perrier,  Recherches  sur  les  Pedicellaires  et  les  Ambulacres  des  Asteries  et 

des  Oursins,  p.  33. 
1875.  Aslerias  polaris,  Perrier,  Revision  des  Stellerides,  p.  58. 

A  Starfish  of  large  robust  habit,  readily  distinguishable  from  the  other  species  of 
Asteracanthion  which  occur  in  the  Arctic  regions.  Rays  generally  six  in  number, 
rounded,  swollen  at  the  sides,  and  tapering  only  at  the  extremity.  Disk-radius  to  arm- 
radius  as  1  :  4'4-4'75  approximately.  Each  adambulacral  plate  bears  two  ambulacral 
spines,  which  radiate  apart  from  one  another.  In  some  specimens  every  pair  throughout 


24  ON  THE  ECHINODEEMATA  OF  THE 

the  ray  stands  at  the  same  angle  to  the  plate,  and  thus  two  regular  rows  are  formed  on 
either  side  of  the  furrow.  In  others,  however,  each  alternate  pair  of  spinelets  radiate 
at  a  rather  smaller  angle  to  the  floor  of  the  ray,  the  internal  spine  being  directed 
further  over  the  furrow,  and  the  external  one  standing  opposed  to  the  interspace  between 
the  pairs  of  spinelets  of  the  neighbouring  plates ;  by  this  means  an  arrangement  of 
four  rows  of  spinelets  on  each  side  of  the  furrow  is  brought  about,  which,  together 
with  the  swollen  character  of  the  sides,  gives  an  appearance  of  considerable  breadth  to 
the  ventral  portion  of  the  rays.  The  ambulacral  spines  are  long,  cylindrical,  and 
rounded  at  the  tip,  not  tapering  or  pointed  in  the  slightest ;  and  the  innermost  spine  is 
somewhat  thinner  than  the  others.  Pedicellarise  forficiformes  are  very  numerous 
amongst  the  rows  of  ambulacral  spinelets,  and  are  densely  crowded  at  the  base  of  the 
rays  in  large  specimens.  The  lateral  spines,  which  are  long,  cylindrical,  and  somewhat 
crumpled  or  nipped  together  at  the  tip,  form  three  longitudinal  rows  extending  along 
the  ray.  In  addition  to  these  there  is  a  short  secondary  row  situate  between  the  most 
ventral  of  the  lateral  series  and  the  ambulacral  spines ;  but,  in  consequence  of  the 
rapidity  with  which  the  spinelets  diminish  in  size  as  they  proceed  outwards,  this  series 
extends  only  along  the  inner  half  of  the  ray. 

In  some  large  specimens  there  is  often  a  short  row  of  6-8  supplementary  spines  at 
the  base  of  the  ray  between  the  ventral  and  middle  series  of  lateral  spines ;  or  a 
tendency  to  reduplication  may  be  shown  even  in  each  of  the  rows  at  the  extreme  base 
of  the  ray.  Occasionally  the  lateral  spines  are  more  or  less  tapering,  those  of  the 
dorsal  and  median  rows  being  also  slightly  curved  upward. 

The  calcareous  network  of  the  abactinal  surface  is  very  robust,  the  membranous 
meshes  or  interspaces  being  in  proportion  comparatively  small.  The  papula3  are,  as  a 
rule,  single  in  young  specimens;  but  in  those  of  larger  growth  two  or  three  occur 
together.  The  dorsal  spinelets  are  large  and  cylindrical,  not  tapering,  but  nipped 
together  at  the  tip,  or  even  sometimes  subclavate  as  in  A.  violaceum.  They  do  not 
assume  any  lineal  or  regular  arrangement  whatever  upon  the  abactinal  surface.  In 
some  examples  the  dorsal  spinelets  are  closely  surrounded  by  a  number  of  rather 
smaller  subclavate  spinelets,  which  give  the  appearance  of  compact  groups  of  spines 
crowded  together  upon  the  abactinal  surface  of  disk  and  rays  alike. 

Pedicellarise  forcipiformes,  although  very  numerous  upon  the  abactinal  membrane, 
cannot  be  strictly  said  to  form  regular  wreaths  at  the  base  of  the  dorsal  spines ;  for 
whilst  in  some  places  they  are  much  crowded,  in  others  only  three  or  four  are  present. 
In  the  lateral  series,  however,  the  spines  of  the  upper  or  dorsal  row  are  surrounded  at 
their  bases  by  a  true  wreath  of  pedicellaria?,  whilst  in  the  ventral  or  lower  row  the 
pedicellariae  are  principally  grouped  on  the  dorsal  or  upper  side  of  the  base. 

The  pedicellarise  forficiformes,  which  are  moderately  numerous  upon  the  abactinal 
surface,  averaging  perhaps  one  or  two  to  a  mesh,  are  densely  crowded  amongst  the  rows 
of  ambulacral  spines,  especially  on  the  innermost  portion  of  the  furrow.  These  pedi- 
cellariaB  (p.  forficiformes)  are  in  the  present  species  comparatively  small,  only  a  little 
longer  than  broad,  and  dumpy  in  form ;  the  p.  forcipiformes,  on  the  other  hand,  are 
large,  very  gibbous,  and  truncate  at  the  apex  of  the  jaws. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  25 

The  madreporiform  body  is  situated  in  the  interradius,  about  midway  between  the 
centre  and  the  margin  of  the  disk,  but  generally  nearer  the  centre  in  fully  developed 
specimens. 

Size. — Large  examples  measure  230  millims.  in  diameter ;  and  the  species  is  known 
to  attain  even  greater  dimensions. 

Colour. — Dr.  Liitken,  recording  the  observations  made  by  Inspector  Olrik  upon 
the  colour  of  this  Starfish  when  alive,  states  that  it  is  generally  purple-red,  and  some- 
times greyish  olive-green. 

Habitat. — According  to  the  above-mentioned  Danish  naturalist,  A.  polare  is  to  be 
found  at  low  tides  in  May  and  June,  but  later  in  the  year  in  deeper  water  (for  instance, 
in  August  at  40  fathoms).  This  species  was  taken  at  Arksut  by  Mr.  Barrett,  from  the 
shore  down  to  10  fathoms  depth,  on  rocky  bottom. 

Premature  Form. — A  young  specimen  28  millims.  in  diameter  (the  relative 
proportions  of  the  disk  and  radii  being  1  :  3'5  approximately)  presents  the  following 
characters.  The  rays  are  broad  and  stout,  tapering  near  the  tip,  and  have  their 
junction  with  the  disk  very  frequently  marked  off  by  a  sharp  constriction  in  examples 
of  this  early  age.  The  ossicles  of  the  abactinal  network  are  remarkably  stout  and 
robust,  the  interspaces  being  small  and  restricted  in  consequence ;  these  are  usually 
round  in  outline,  with  the  membrane  punctured  by  a  single  papula  only,  although  two 
may  occur  occasionally.  The  dorsal  spinelets  are  large  and  truncate,  many  quite  sub- 
clavate,  and  are  widely  spaced  over  disk  and  rays  alike  without  any  regularity  in  their 
arrangement;  their  bases  are  closely  surrounded  by  pedicellariae  forcipiformes,  the 
large  size  of  which  is  very  striking  in  this  young  stage  of  the  starfish,  whilst  similar 
pedicellarise  also  accompany  the  secondary  or  intermediate  spinelets,  which  occur  with 
moderate  frequency  upon  the  imbricating  ossicles.  In  the  small  specimen  under  notice, 
no  pedicellariae  forficiformes  have  been  detected  upon  the  abactinal  surface  either  of 
the  disk  or  rays ;  there  are,  however,  a  few  isolated  ones  on  the  margins  of  the  furrows, 
but  comparatively  insignificant  in  size,  and  scarcely,  if  at  all,  larger  than  the  p.  forci- 
piformes of  the  abactinal  surface. 

The  madreporiform  body,  which  is  large  and  deeply  fissured,  lies  nearer  the  margin 
than  in  the  adult  forms,  being  situated  about  two  thirds  of  the  distance  from  the  centre 
of  the  disk  to  the  arm-angle. 

Two  longitudinal  rows  of  lateral  spines  are  present,  one  on  the  dorsal  and  the  other 
on  the  ventral  margin,  the  sides  of  the  ray  being  vertical.  The  spinelets  of  both  series 
are  large,  stout,  cylindrical,  and  rounded  at  the  tips ;  they  are  isolated  and  well  spaced, 
the  members  of  the  upper  series  standing  immediately  over  their  ventral  companions. 
In  dried  specimens  the  dorso-lateral  row  forms  a  conspicuous  fringe  along  the  margins 
of  the  ray,  and  the  bases  of  the  spinelets  are  surrounded  by  a  wreath  of  pedicellariae 
forcipiformes.  These  are  also  present  at  the  bases  of  the  ventro-lateral  series,  though 
not  so  numerous,  and  are  there  confined  principally  to  the  upper  side  of  the  spinelet. 
Between  the  ventro-lateral  row  and  the  ambulacral  spines  a  short  series  of  secondary 
spinelets  extends  along  the  inner  half  of  the  ray  only ;  these  are  smaller,  even  at  the 
base  of  the  ray,  than  the  other  spinelets,  and  diminish  rapidly  in  size  as  they  proceed 


26  ON  THE  ECHINODEKMATA  OF  THE 

outwards.  The  ambulacral  spines  are  stout  and  cylindrical,  two  to  each  ambulacral 
plate ;  and  every  pair  radiating  at  the  same  angle,  a  regular  double  row  is  formed  on 
both  sides  of  the  furrow. 

Variations. — The  number  of  rays  is  very  constant  at  six,  although  examples  having 
only  five  are  occasionally  met  with. 

A  considerable  amount  of  variability  occurs  in  the  spinulation  of  the  dorsal  surface. 
In  some  specimens  the  spinelets  are  densely  grouped,  in  others  well  spaced  and  with 
the  encircling  pedicellarise  more  conspicuously  displayed.  The  spines  themselves  are 
either  cylindrical,  with  tips  sharply  pinched  together,  or  fairly  clavate  and  resembling 
in  character  the  spinelets  of  A.  violaceum,  O.  F.  Miiller.  It  would  seem  that  these 
differences  exist  irrespective  altogether  of  age  or  growth. 

Similarly  variable  in  character  appears  the  arrangement  of  the  ambulacral  spinelets, 
as  indicated  by  the  deviation  from  the  regular  double  row  on  either  side  the  furrow  to 
the  fourfold  series  produced  by  the  greater  divergence  of  the  alternating  pairs.  In  fact, 
we  are  disposed  to  believe  that  the  two  modes  of  arrangement  may  be  present  on  a  single 
individual,  and  that  it  was  probably  such  a  specimen  that  M.  Perrier  referred  with  doubt 
to  the  species  under  notice,  giving  at  the  same  time  a  most  admirable  and  lucid 
description,  which  leaves  no  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  his  determination*. 

It  may  be  inferred,  from  the  description  given  in  the  '  Fauna  Grcenlandica,'  that 
A.  polare  and  possibly  also  A.  grcenlandicum  were  merged  together  by  Fabricius  under 
the  designation  of  Asterias  rubens ;  and  it  also  seems  highly  probable  that  the  Starfish 
there  named  A.  minuta  is  nothing  more  than  a  young  stage  of  the  present  species — an 
opinion  which  Dr.  Lu'tken  has  already  expressed  f. 

The  description  given  by  Brandt  of  A.  ochotense,  in  MiddendorfFs  '  Reise  '$,  indicates 
a  range  of  variation  which  leads  to  the  assumption  that  more  than  one  form  may  be 
there  included.  If  such  a  view  be  correct,  a  part  of  the  description  there  given  would 
answer  well  for  young  forms  of  A.  polare. 

Miiller  and  Troschel's  type  specimens  of  this  species  were  also  unquestionably 
young  examples. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland :    W.  coast  of  Davis  Strait,  about  lat.  70°  N.  (Sabine) ;  Upper  Torske 
Bank,  lat.  67°  50'  N.,  long.  55°  27'  W.  ('Valorous'  Exped.) ;    lat.  66°  59'  N.,  long. 
55°  27'  W.,  57  fms.  ('  Valorous '  Exped.) ;  W.  coast  of  Greenland,  lat.  65°  N.  (Nares's 
Exped.) ;  Arksut,  lat.  61°  10'  N.,  long  48°  15'  W.  (Barrett). 

b.  North    of  American    Continent :    Labrador    ( Verrill) ;    St.   George's    Bank, 
35-40  fms. 

d.  North  of  Asiatic  Continent :  Ochotsk  Bay  1  (under  the  name  of  A.  ochotense, 
Brandt). 

*  Perrier,  Recherches  sur  les  Pedicellaires  et  les  Ambulacres  des  Asteries  et  des  Oursins,  1869,  p.  33. 

t  Vidensk.  Meddel.  Naturh.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn  for  1857,  p.  29. 

J  Middendorffs  '  Eeise  in  den  aussersten  Nordon  und  Osten  Siberiens,'  Bd.  ii.  Th.  1,  p.  28. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  27 

Description  of 'the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  II. 

Fig.  4.  Abactiual  aspect  of  the  animal :  reduced  one  half. 

5.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen  :  reduced  one  half. 

6.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect:  magnified. 

7.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :  magnified. 

8.  A  similar   portion  from  the   more  compactly  spinulated  variety  of  this 

species :  magnified. 


GKffiNLANDicuM  (Steenstrup),  iMken.     Plate  II,  Figs.  9-12. 

1852.  ?  Uraster  violacea,  Forbes  (non  Miiller),  Sutherland's  '  Journal  of  a  Voyage,'  vol.  ii.  Append,  p.  ccxiv. 

1853.  Asterias  Miilleri,  Stimpson,  Syn.  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  14. 

1854.  Asteracanthion  Miilleri,  Bars  ?,  var.,  Steenstrup,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1854,  p.  240. 
1857.  Asteracanthion  grcenlandicus,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  29. 
1863.  Asterias  grcenlandica,  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  N.  Sci.  Philad.  1863,  p.  142. 

1866.  Asterias  grcenlandica,  Verrill,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  357. 
1866.  Asterias  grcenlandicus,  Gray,  Synop.  Spec.  Starfish  Brit.  Mue.  p.  2. 

This  species  maintains  a  small  habit,  with  five  moderately  thick  arms,  the  propor- 
tion of  disk-radius  to  arm-radius  being  1 :  4>5  or  5.  The  ambulacral  spines  are  rather 
long  and  cylindrical,  and  stand,  in  very  irregular  alternation,  two  and  one  to  each  adam- 
bulacral  plate,  the  single  spinelets  having  a  position  vertical  to  the  floor  of  the  furrow, 
whilst  the  pairs,  on  the  other  hand,  radiate  apart  from  one  another  in  opposite  direc^ 
tions.  Except  in  young  individuals,  or  near  the  extremity  of  the  ray,  the  pairs  are  more 
numerous  than  the  isolated  spinelets,  and  are  generally  borne  by  two  or  three  plates  in 
succession,  some  rays  even  being  regular  for  nearly  half  their  length.  The  lateral  spines, 
which  occupy  the  sides  of  the  ray,  form,  according  to  age,  either  two  or  three  longitu- 
dinal series  of  isolated  spinelets,  not  quite  so  long  as  the  ambulacral  series,  and  tapering 
slightly  at  their  tips — the  middle  series,  when  present,  being  smaller  than  the  others, 
and  placed  midway  upon  the  lateral  imbricating  pieces.  At  the  base  of  each  of  these 
lateral  spines  are  a  number  of  pedicellaria?  forcipiformes,  sometimes  grouped  and  some- 
times forming  a  more  or  less  perfect  encircling  wreath,  the  latter  generally  upon  the 
lower  series. 

The  ossicles  of  the  abactinal  network  that  lie  in  the  longitudinal  direction  of  the 
ray  are  much  shorter  than  those  that  occupy  a  transverse  position ;  and  being  of  delicate 
habit,  the  membranous  interspaces  are  consequently  large,  as  well  as  much  broader  than 
long.  The  dorsal  spinelets  are  finer  and  shorter  than  those  of  the  ventro-lateral  series, 
and  are  placed  in  groups  of  two  or  three  together  at  the  intersections,  whilst  isolated 
spinelets  occupy  the  intermediate  intercalary  ossicles,  by  which  means,  in  consequence 
of  the  above-noted  proportions  of  the  elements  of  the  calcareous  framework,  the  cha- 
racter (although  somewhat  an  irregular  one)  of  a  transverse  arrangement  of  spinelets 
across  the  ray  is  produced.  Upon  the  disk  the  spinelets  are  more  closely  placed ;  and 
this,  in  specimens  preserved  in  spirit,  gives  quite  a  distinct  appearance  to  that  portion  of 


28  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

the  Starfish ;  and,  further,  in  some  examples  the  disk-spinelets  are  also  rather  longer 
than  those  which  are  found  upon  the  rays. 

The  papulae  are  single.  The  pedicellariae  are  not  crowded,  and  generally  either 
isolated  or  only  two  or  three  together.  Pedicellarise  forcipiformes  are  as  a  rule  not 
very  numerous  upon  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  rays,  except  towards  the  extremities,  where 
they  occur  somewhat  more  abundantly.  Those  which  accompany  the  lateral  spines  are 
situate  near  the  middle  of  the  shaft.  Pedicellariee  forficiformes  form  a  fringe  along 
the  sides  of  the  ambulacral  furrow.  The  madreporiform  body  is  situated  near  the 
margin,  and  is  frequently  almost  concealed  by  the  spinelets  that  surround  it. 

Size. — This  comparatively  small  species  measures  from  35  to  50  millims.  in  diameter, 
none  of  larger  size  having  been  recorded. 

Colour. — According  to  Inspector  Olrik's  observations,  made  during  life,  small 
examples  of  A.  grcenlandicum  are  described  as  of  a  greyish  colour  on  a  violet  ground,  and 
larger  ones  of  a  grey  olive-green.  All  the  specimens  preserved  in  spirit  which  we  have 
examined  are  entirely  bleached,  whilst  the  dried  ones  are  of  a  dirty  yellowish  grey. 

Habitat. — Mr.  Barrett  has  taken  this  Starfish  upon  rocks  near  the  shore ;  Insp.  Olrik 
reports  that  he  has  dredged  it  at  very  various  depths ;  and  Capt.  Feilden  obtained  the 
species  from  a  depth  of  80  fathoms,  off"  Cape  Frazer,  during  the  British  Arctic  Expedi- 
tion of  1875-76,  under  Capt.  Sir  George  Nares. 

Variations. — In  this  species  considerable  variation  occurs  in  the  general  form  and 
habit  of  the  Starfish,  as  well  as  in  the  spinulation  borne  by  the  calcareous  network  of 
the  test.  There  may,  in  fact,  be  set  apart  a  long,  thin-armed  variety  with  the  rays  taper- 
ing but  slightly,  and  another  form  in  which  the  rays  are  broad,  short,  and  sharply 
tapering  at  the  extremity.  The  difference  of  character  presented  by  the  spinulation  is 
perhaps  even  more  conspicuous.  In  some  specimens,  for  example,  the  spinelets  of  the 
abactinal  surface  of  the  rays  are  confined  mainly  to  the  groups  that  stand  at  the  intersec- 
tions of  the  network,  the  intermediate  portions  of  the  ossicles  bearing  only  isolated  spine- 
lets,  few  and  far  between ;  whilst  in  others  a  very  marked  divergence  is  produced  by 
the  occurrence  of  well-developed  and  comparatively  clustered  groups  of  spinelets  upon 
the  intercalary  pieces,  as  well  as  an  increase  in  the  number  of  those  composing  the  main 
series.  The  effect  of  this  tendency  to  develop  an  increased  number  of  spines  is  perhaps 
most  striking  in  its  result  on  the  lateral  series,  where,  in  consequence  of  the  intercala- 
ting ossicle  bearing  a  supplementary  spinelet,  an  additional  and  intermediate  longitudinal 
series  is  formed  between  the  dorsal  and  ventral  rows  of  lateral  spines,  extending  in  some 
cases  almost  to  the  extremity  of  the  ray ;  and  besides  this,  it  not  unfrequently  happens 
that  the  development  of  extra  spines  is  carried  to  such  an  extent  that  a  regular  redu- 
plication of  several  of  the  lateral  spinelets  at  the  base  of  the  rays  takes  place. 

It  must  be  remarked,  however,  that,  beyond  the  simple  record  of  the  facts,  the 
amount  of  material  at  our  disposal  is  insufficient  to  warrant  the  expression  of  any  decided 
opinion  as  to  the  significance  which  these  modifications  may  bear ;  for,  although  at  first 
sight  it  would  seem  probable  that  these  were  only  the  conditions  of  age  and  growth,  a 
careful  study  of  the  specimens  which  we  have  examined,  together  with  the  consideration 
of  the  influence  of  habitat,  lead  us  to  favour  the  belief  that  the  structural  changes  above 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  29 

noted  may  mark  the  effect  of  conditions  of  environment,  and  thus  represent  the  steps  of 
an  actual  locational  divergence  in  the  species  under  notice.  A  much  larger  series  is 
needed,  however,  from  various  localities,  before  a  definite  statement  can  be  made  upon 
this  subject. 

Distribution. 

a.  Northward  of  Smith  Sound :   Discovery  Bay,  lat.  81°  41'  N.,  25  fms.  (Nares's 
Exped.),  the  most  northern  locality  on  record ;  Port  Foulke  (Stimpson). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :  Assistance  Bay  (under  the  name  of  Uraster 
violaceus,   Forbes,  Penny's  Exped.);   Labrador  (Packard);   Newfoundland  (Lutkeri); 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  near  Anticosti  ( Verrill) ;    Grand  Manan   (under  name  of  A. 
Mullen,  Stimpson). 

c.  North  of  European  Continent:   Off  S.W.  coast  of  Novaya  Zemlya,  lat.  71°  6'  N., 
long.  50°  E.,  62  fms.  ('Willem  Parents'  Exped.). 


Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  II. 

Fig.  9.  Abactinal  aspect  of  the  animal :  natural  size. 

10.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen  :  natural  size. 

11.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect;  magnified. 

12.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :  magnified. 


STICHASTER  ALBULUS  (Stimps.),  Verrill.     Plate  II,  Figs.  13-17. 

1842.  Asteracanthion  roseus  (pars),  Miiller  and  Troschel,  System  der  Asteriden,  p.  17. 
1853.  Asteracanthion  albulus,  Stimpson,  Syn.  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  14. 
1855.  Asteracanthion  prollema,  Steenstrup,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1854,  p.  240. 
1857.  Asteracanthion  problema,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  30. 
1863.  Asterias  albula,  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  N.  Sci.  Philad.  1863,  p.  142. 
1866.  Stichaster  albulus,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  351. 

1875.  Stichaster  albulus,  Perrier,  Stellcrides  du  Museum,  p.  82 ;   Arch,  de  Zool.  exp.  et  gen.  vol.  iv. 
p.  346. 

A  small  Starfish  with  narrow  disk  and  rounded  or  somewhat  arched  rays,  the  num- 
ber of  which  is  almost  invariably  six,  three  rays  on  one  side  being  as  a  rule  very  much 
shorter  than  those  on  the  other.  Proportion  of  the  diameter  of  the  disk  to  that  of 
the  arms  1 :  5  or  rather  more.  The  ambulacral  furrows  are  wide,  with  suckers  arranged 
in  zigzag  series,  forming  two  or  four  rows,  according  to  age  and  size.  Each  adambu- 
lacral  plate  bears  two  "ambulacral"  spines  which  radiate  slightly  right  and  left,  and 
form  regular  rows ;  occasionally  in  larger  specimens  an  additional  spine  accompanying 
the  ten  or  twenty  innermost  pairs  of  the  ray.  Closely  succeeding  to  these,  there  fol- 
lows on  the  side  of  the  arm  a  slightly  oblique  series  of  three  (or,  in  large  specimens, 
four)  similar  spinelets,  representing  ventro-lateral  spines,  but  not  always  a  series  opposite 


30  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

to  each  adambulacral  plate,  owing  to  the  plates  which  bear  the  spines  being  more  widely 
spaced.  The  abactinal  body-frame  is  formed  of  transverse  bands  of  ossicles  ;  and  these 
are  packed  closely  together  in  longitudinal  series  along  the  ray :  the  plates  are  very 
uniform  in  size ;  and  as  each  generally  stands  opposed  to  a  corresponding  plate  in  the 
neighbouring  transverse  row,  a  fairly  regular  rectilinear  arrangement  is  the  result.  The 
median  ossicles,  which  are  somewhat  larger  than  the  rest,  imbricate  upon  one  another 
and  form  a  distinct  line  along  the  ray.  The  membranous  interspaces  are  of  moderate  size 
and  punctured  with  one  or  two  papulae.  Each  ossicle  bears  a  small  subquadrate  group 
of  from  three  to  five  short  dorsal  spines,  amongst  them  being  placed  two  or  three  of  the 
pedicellarise  forcipiformes,  but  which  are  somewhat  more  numerous  towards  the  sides  of 
the  ray.  The  spine-groups,  in  consequence  of  the  regularity  of  the  network,  are  disposed 
in  longitudinal  and  transverse  lines,  those  of  the  middle  row  being  rather  larger  and  more 
densely  packed  than  the  others,  and  thereby  forming  a  more  or  less  distinct  medinn 
line  down  each  ray.  From  the  apices  of  the  spines,  which  are  broader  than  the  bases, 
proceed  three  or  four  small  denticles ;  and  the  spinelets  being  all  of  equal  length  and 
closely  set,  give  a  smooth  velvet  appearance  to  the  Starfish.  Pedicellarise  forficiformes 
are  found  along  the  margins  of  the  ambulacral  furrow  at  intervals  of  every  two  or  three 
plates,  but  are  comparatively  small  in  size,  short,  and  somewhat  rounded  or  obtuse  at  the 
points.  Two  or  three  larger  ones  are  frequently  met  with  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
actinostome,  often  quite  gigantic ;  and  a  few  isolated  individuals  also  occur  on  the  dorsal 
surface,  but  seldom  beyond  the  base  of  the  rays ;  these,  it  need  scarcely  be  said,  are 
considerably  larger  than  the  p.  forcipiformes  which  accompany  the  spine-groups  above 
mentioned.  The  p.  forcipiformes  that  occur  on  the  lateral  portions  of  the  rays  are,  as 
a  rule,  situate  on  the  aboral  or  outward  side  of  the  spines.  The  madreporiform  body 
is  situated  near  the  margin,  and  is  large,  simple  (having  but  few  stria?),  and  surrounded 
by  a  circlet  of  the  dorsal  spines. 

Size. — This  species  seldom  measures  more  than  from  one  inch  to  an  inch  and  a 
half  in  diameter,  and  is  generally  less.  A  variety,  noted  below,  is  recorded  from 
Eastport  4  inches  in  diameter. 

Colour. — In  a  living  state  Stichaster  albulus  is  described  as  of  a  faint  red  or 
cream-colour.  When  dried,  or  in  spirit,  it  is  usually  light  yellow,  varying  to  more  or 
less  warm  shades  of  light  brown. 

Habitat. — On  stony  ground  and  Laminaria  in  5-20  fathoms,  and  seldom  in  greater 
depths  (OlriJc).  It  has  been  taken  by  Barrett  in  from  3-25  fathoms,  also  on  stony 
ground  (LiitJcen,  1.  c.  p.  30).  Verrill  similarly  records  its  occurrence  on  the  coast  of 
Maine  and  Grand  Manan,  in  10-20  fathoms,  on  rocky  bottoms  and  among  Nullipores, 
and  frequent  also  at  low  water  of  spring-tides  among  rocks  (1.  c.  p.  351).  Stimpson 
states  that  at  Grand  Manan  the  species  occurred  most  frequently  among  branching 
Nullipores  in  4  or  5  fathoms  on  the  east  side  of  the  island. 

Variations. — Although  the  number  of  rays  in  this  species  is  almost  invariably  six, 
about  two  per  cent,  of  the  specimens  collected  have  only  five,  according  to  Stimpson's 
observations  at  Grand  Manan;  and  examples  with  seven  occur  occasionally.  The  same 
authority  also  records  that  four  out  of  five  had  three  of  the  rays  much  larger  than  the 
others. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  31 

Verrill  has  described  *  a  variety  under  the  name  of  nitida,  taken  at  Eastport,  Maine, 
at  low  water,  but  which,  in  his  opinion,  presents  no  peculiarities  which  may  not 
be  considered  due  to  increased  age.  The  specimen  is  remarkable  for  its  large  size 
(4  inches  in  diameter)  and  regular  form.  The  rays  are  equal,  and  the  median  row  of 
plates  quite  distinct.  The  lateral  spines  are  four  or  five  in  number,  in  a  transverse 
row,  those  nearest  the  ambulacra  being  longest.  The  adambulacral  plates  bear  two, 
three,  or  sometimes  four  long,  tapering,  and  rather  slender  spines.  The  dorsal  plates 
are  crowned  by  eight  to  twelve  small,  somewhat  radiating  spines,  thicker  and  more 
obtuse  than  those  of  the  ordinary  variety.  The  papulae  are  not  very  numerous,  rather 
large,  and  occur  mostly  in  pairs.  Suckers  numerous  and  much  crowded,  in  four 
rows. 

Judging  from  the  description  alone  of  a  single  specimen,  it  would  be  difficult  to 
say  whether  the  modifications  above  noted  possess  any  greater  significance  than  mere 
conditions  of  growth.  Augmentation  in  the  number  of  ambulacral  and  lateral  spines, 
as  well  as  of  those  upon  the  ossicles  of  the  disk,  greater  development  of  the  median 
row,  increase  in  the  number  of  papulae,  and  crowding  and  increase  of  the  ambulacral 
suckers,  are,  it  is  true,  changes  that  accompany  structural  growth  ;  still,  if  we  are 
only  to  give  these  characters  such  a  value  in  the  present  case,  it  seems  strange  that  the 
form  in  question  is  not  of  more  frequent  occurrence  in  localities  where  Stichaster 
albulus  may  be  taken  in  the  utmost  abundance. 

A  single  large  example  which  may  be  referred  to  this  variety  was  dredged  at 
Proven  during  the  outward  journey  of  Capt.  Nares's  Arctic  Expedition,  the  diameters 
of  the  rays  and  disk  being  respectively  30  millims.  and  6  millims. 

Comparing  specimens  from  the  coast  of  Maine  with  those  from  Franklin-Pierce 
Bay  (lat.  79°  25'  N.),  we  have  detected  no  remarkable  difference ;  and  Mr.  Verrill  records 
the  same  conclusions  in  regard  to  specimens  from  Greenland  which  he  had  studied. 

Distribution. 

a.  Northward  of  Smith  Sound :   Franklin-Pierce   Bay,  lat.  79°  25'  N.,  15  fms. 
(Nares's  Exped.),  the  most  northern  locality  on  record. 

In  Davis  Strait :  Godhavn  Harbour  and  Holsteinborg  ('  Valorous '  Exped.) ; 
Proven,  13  fms.  (Nares's  Exped.}. 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :    Grand  Manan  (Stimpson) ;    Eastport,  Maine 
(Verrill). 

c.  North  of  European  Continent:  Spitzbergen  (Liltken) ;  Iceland,  Ofjord  (Lutken). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  II. 

Fig.  13.  Abactinal  aspect  of  the  animal :  natural  size. 

14.  A  larger  and  almost  equal-rayed  variety  from  Proven. 

*  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  351. 


32  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

Fig.  15.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen  :  natural  size. 

16.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect :  magnified. 

17.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :  magnified. 


CRIBRELLA  OCULATA  (Linck),  Forbes.    Plate  II,  Figs.  18-21. 

1733.  Pentadactylosaster  oculatus,  Linck,  De  Stellis  marinis,  p.  35,  pi.  xxxvi.  No.  62. 
1776.  Asterias  sanffuinolenta,  0.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  Prodr.  p.  234,  No.  2836. 

1776.  Asterias  pertusa,  0.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  Prodr.  p.  235,  No.  2839. 

1777.  Asterias  oculata,  Pennant,  British  Zoology,  vol.  iv.  p.  61,  pi.  xxx.  fig.  56. 
1780.  Asterias  spongiosa,  Fabricius,  Fauna  Groenlandica,  p.  368,  No.  363. 
1805.  Asterias  seposita,  Retzius,  Dissert,  sist.  spec.  cog.  Asteriarum,  p.  21. 

1823.  Asterias  pertusa,  Fabricius,  K.  Danske  Vid.  Selsk.  Skrifter,  vol.  ii.  p.  41,  pi.  iv.  fig.  2. 
1828.  Asterias  oculata,  Fleming,  Hist.  British  Animals,  p.  487. 

1839.  Linckia  oculata,  Forbes,  Mem.  "Wern.  Soc.  vol.  viii.  p.  120. 

1840.  Henricia  oculata,  Gray,  Ann.  <fe  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  vi.  p.  184. 

1841.  Asterias  spongiosa,  Gould,  Invert,  of  Massachusetts,  p.  345. 

1841.  Cribella  oculata,  Forbes,  Hist.  British  Starfishes,  p.  100. 

1842.  Echinaster  oculatus,  Miiller  &  Troschel,  System  der  Asteriden,  pp.  24,  127. 
1842.  Echinaster  Eschrichtii,  Miiller  &  Troschel,  System  der  Asteriden,  p.  25. 

1844.  Echinaster  sanguinolentus,  Sars,  Wiegm.  Arch.  f.  Naturgeschichte,  vol.  x.  p.  16. 

1844.  Echinaster  Sarsii,  Miiller  &  Troschel,  Wiegm.  Arch.  f.  Naturgeschichte,  vol.  x.  p.  179. 

1844.  Echinaster  oculatus,  Diiben  &  Koren,  K.  Yet.  Akad.  Handl.  1844,  p.  241. 

1848.  Asterias  spongiosa,  Desor,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  iii.  p.  67. 

1851.  Echinaster  Eschrichtii,  Brandt,  MiddendorfFs  Sibirische  Eeise,  vol.  ii.  p.  32. 

1853.  Linckia.  oculata,  Stimpson,  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  14. 

1853.  Lin ckia  pertusa,  Stimpson,  ibid. 

1857.  Cribrella  sanguinolenta,  Lutken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjohenhavn,  1857,  p.  31. 

1862.  Cribella  sanguinolenta,  Dujardin  &  Hupe,  Hist.  Nat.  Zooph.  Echinodermes,  p.  349. 

1862.  Cribella  Eschrichtii,  id.  ibid. 

1865.  Cribrella  sanguinolenta,  Norman,  Ann.  &'Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  3,  vol.  xv.  p.  124. 

1866.  Henricia  oculata,  Gray,  Synop.  Spec.  Starf.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  5. 

1866.  Cribrella  sanguinolenta,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  345. 

1866.  Echinaster  oculatus,  von  Martens,  Troschel's  Archiv  f.  Naturgesch.  Jg.  32,  i.  p.  84. 

1869.  Echinaster  oculatus,  Perrier,  Rech.  sur  les  Pe'dicell.  et  les  Ambul.  p.  57. 

1875.  Cribrella  oculata,  Perrier,  Stellerides  du  Museum,  p.  109 ;  Arch.  d.  Zool.  exp.  et  gen.  iv.  p.  373. 

Rays  normally  five  in  number,  although  examples  with  six  or  seven  are  occasionally 
found.  Proportion  of  disk-  to  arm-radius  1 :  4  or  5.  The  arms  are  round,  excepting  a 
slight  flattening  on  the  under  surface,  and  long,  slender,  and  more  or  less  tapering 
towards  the  extremity.  In  some  specimens  there  is  a  considerable  swelling-out  of  the 
ray  at  the  base,  followed  by  a  constriction  at  the  junction  with  the  disk — a  feature 
which  is  generally  most  developed  in  female  specimens  in  egg,  and  must  probably  be 
regarded  in  a  great  measure  as  simply  a  character  dependent  on  sex. 

The  abactinal  network  is  composed  of  very  short  stout  ossicula,  irregularly  and  very 
closely  reticulated,  the  interspaces  being  small  in  area,  in  correspondence  with  the 
shortness  of  the  calcareous  elements.  The  ossicula  bear  more  or  less  compact  groups 
of  fine  spinelets,  which  vary  in  number,  size,  and  habit,  the  spinelets  themselves  being 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  33 

3-5-laminate  and  correspondingly  denticulate  at  the  apex.  The  membrane  of  the 
interspaces  is  punctured  for  papulae,  of  which,  in  young  stages  of  growth,  seldom  more 
than  one  is  present  in  each  ;  but  in  specimens  of  larger  size  one  to  four  or  more  may 
be  found.  The  ventro-lateral  plates  form  two  or  three  series,  and  their  spinelet-groups 
are  arranged  at  right  angles,  or  sometimes  slightly  diagonally,  to  the  median  line  of 
the  ray.  The  foot-papillae  are  somewhat  larger  and  stouter  than  the  rest  of  the  spinu- 
lation ;  those  which  form  the  immediate  margin  of  the  ambulacral  furrow  consist  of 
one  or  two  still  stouter  spinelets,  which  at  an  early  age  are  generally  arranged  in  single 
file  upon  the  adambulacral  plate,  and  are  followed  by  2-4  pairs  of  spinelets  merging 
gradually  into  the  size  of  those  of  the  ventro-lateral  series.  At  a  more  advanced  stage 
of  growth  the  innermost  foot-papillae  have  not  unfrequently  become  arranged  as  a  pair  of 
spinelets,  very  obliquely  placed  upon  the  plate,  and  followed  by  one  or  two  of  similar 
size  and  character,  these  in  turn  being  succeeded  by  the  series  of  intermediate  spinelets 
forming  the  transition  into  the  ventro-lateral  spinulation.  Occasionally  the  innermost 
spinelets  form  an  oblique  comb-like  arrangement  on  the  plate.  Each  adambulacral 
plate  also  bears  another  spiuelet,  very  small  in  size,  situated  high  up  in  the  furrow, 
and  generally  invisible  to  superficial  examination.  The  anal  orifice  is  central  and 
conspicuous.  The  madreporiform  body  is  large  and  irregular  in  form,  and  situated 
midway  between  the  margin  and  the  centre  ;  in  young  stages  it  is  covered  with  spinelets, 
but  in  older  specimens  these  very  frequently  disappear,  leaving  visible  the  more  or  less 
irregular  arrangement  of  curved  and  dichotomosing  striae  that  intersect  the  organ. 

Size. — The  largest  Greenland  specimen  is  cited  by  Lutken  as  140  millims.,  whilst 
Sars  mentions  one  165  millims.  in  diameter  from  Esmark  in  Christiania  Fjord.  The 
usual  size  is  from  50  to  75  millims. 

Colour. — The  Greenland  specimens  are  described  as  brick-red  when  alive  (Lutken). 
Those  on  our  own  coasts  are  generally  dark  red  or  deep  purple  above  and  straw-coloured 
beneath,  whilst  occasionally  bright  vermilion  is  met  with  (Forbes).  A  bright  saffron- 
yellow  variety  occurs  at  Bergen  (D.  &  K.)  and  Shetlands  (Norman),  which  is  a  thick- 
armed  deep-water  form ;  and  it  is  also  on  record  that  the  same  form  was  taken  off 
Fife  by  Henry  Goodsir.  In  the  Asiatic  specimens  brought  home  by  Von  Middendorffs 
Expedition,  bluish  or  purple  tints  seem  to  have  prevailed  on  the  dorsal  side,  the 
underside  varying  from  vermilion  to  flesh-colour  (Brandt,  Midd.  Seise,  p.  34). 

Habitat. — From  the  shore  to  175  fathoms  depth — a  specimen  being  taken  at  this 
last-named  depth  off  Hare  Island,  Waigat  Strait,  during  the  '  Valorous '  Expedition. 

Premature  Form. — In  young  examples  the  length  of  the  ray  is  much  less  in  pro- 
portion to  the  disk  than  in  the  adult  Starfish.  The  arms  are  also  relatively  wider  at 
the  base,  and  taper  more  rapidly  to  the  extremity.  The  spinulation  of  the  dorsal  sur- 
face is  very  delicate,  in  fact  almost  microscopic,  and  the  ossicles  bear  fewer  spinelets, 
which  are  associated  in  more  compact  groups.  The  ventro-lateral  series  are  more 
distinctly  defined  from  the  rest  of  the  spinulation  than  at  a  greater  age,  two  to  four 
lateral  rows,  in  addition  to  the  foot-papillae  series,  being  clearly  discernible.  Seldom 
more  than  a  single  papula  is  present  in  the  interspaces  of  the  dorsal  network,  and  the 
madreporiform  body  is  more  prominently  covered  with  long  spines. 

F 


34  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

Variations. — Much  variation  occurs  in  this  species,  as  might  naturally  be  expected 
in  an  organism  enjoying  such  a  wide  geographical  range  ;  indeed  some  of  the  divergen- 
cies are  so  well  marked  that  they  have  from  time  to  time  been  taken  by  several  writers 
as  types  of  distinct  species.  Thus  Echinaster  Sarsii,  M.  &  T.,  is  in  reality  nothing  more 
than  the  young  phase  of  our  Greenland  form,  whilst  its  adult  stage  has  served  as  the 
type  of  Echinaster  Eschrichtii,  M.  &  T.  (= Asterias  pertusa,  Miiller).  Similarly  Linckia 
(Cribella)  oculata,  Forbes  (the  Asterias  spongiosa  of  Gould),  is  the  shorter-armed  and 
more  densely  spinulated  variety  of  the  species,  and  which  inhabits,  as  a  rule,  the 
southern  portion  of  the  area  of  distribution.  All  these  forms,  however,  when  studied 
in  series,  are  found  to  fall,  by  imperceptible  gradations,  into  simple  modifications  of  the 
Starfish  named  by  O.  F.  Miiller  Asterias  sanguinolenta,  and  earlier  known  to  Linck  as 
Pentadactylosaster  oculatus. 

Brandt,  as  well  as  Diiben  and  Koren,  have  already  indicated  the  chief  variations 
that  occur  in  this  Starfish — the  former  classifying  them  under  the  terms  of  varietas 
macrodiscus  and  v.  microdiscus,  and  the  latter  authors  as  forma  major  and  forma  minor 
(vulgaris),  each  mentioning  the  main  superficial  characters  that  accompany  the 
lengthening  and  shortening  of  the  ray.  Brandt  records  the  short-armed  variety  from 
the  west  coast  of  the  White  Sea,  and  the  long-armed  one  from  the  Ochhotsk  Sea,  near 
Chantar  Island. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland:   Hare  Island,  Waigat  Strait,  lat.  70°  30'  N.,  175  fms.  ('  Valorous' 
Exped.),  the  most  northern  locality  on  record ;  Egedesminde,  50  fms.  (Lutkeri). 

b.  North    of  American  Continent :    Grand   Manan   (Stimpson)  ;    Massachusetts, 
Maine,  and  east  coast  of  N.  America. 

c.  North  of  European  Continent :   Spitzbergen  (Lutken) ;   Iceland,  Fa3roe  Islands, 
Scandinavia,  and  British  coasts  as  far  south  as  the    English  Channel ;    White   Sea 
(Brandt). 

d.  North  of  Asiatic  Continent. — Sea  of  Ochhotsk  (Srandt). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  II. 

Fig.  18.  Abactinal  aspect  of  the  animal :  natural  size. 

19.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen:  natural  size. 

20.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect :  magnified. 

21.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :  magnified. 

PEDICELLASTEB  PAL^OCETSTALLUS,  Sladen.    Plate  II,  Figs.  22-26. 

1877.  Asteracanthionpalceocrystdttus,  Sladen,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  4,  vol.  xx.  p.  455. 
1880.  Pedicellaster  paleeocrystullus,  Sladen,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  5,  vol.  v.  p.  216. 

In  general  appearance  this  Starfish  bears  strong  resemblance  to  a  small  Cribrella,  the 
rays,  five  in  number,  being  round  and  tumid ;  they  are  long,  somewhat  swollen  out  on 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  35 

the  inner  third,  and  taper  considerably  towards  the  extremity.  The  disk  is  small,  its 
radius  being  proportional  to  an  arm-radius  as  1 :  5 '5,  or  rather  less.  The  ambulacral 
pores  are  well  spaced,  and  form  two  simple  rows  of  sucker-feet.  Each  adambulacral 
plate  bears  two  very  slender  spines,  one  radiating  towards  the  furrow  and  the  other 
towards  the  margin,  forming  two  regular  rows  of  so-called  "  ambulacral  "  spines.  The 
spines  upon  the  sides  of  the  arms  are  much  shorter  than  the  ambulacral  spines,  and  com- 
paratively more  robust,  being  of  the  same  size  and  character  as  the  spinelets  of  the 
dorsal  surface.  The  abactinal  network  is  arranged  more  quadrilaterally  than  in  Asterctr 
canthion,  a  regular  median  line  of  ossicles  passing  down  each  ray,  to  which  the  other 
ossicles  run  parallel  and  transverse,  with  more  or  less  regularity.  A  single  spinelet  is 
borne  at  each  decussation,  and  an  occasional  one  frequently  on  the  intercalary  ossicle. 
The  spinelets  are  consequently  widely  spaced,  and  assume  (although  somewhat  irregu- 
larly) a  fairly  rectilineal  arrangement.  These  dorsal  spinelets,  which  are  all  of  the  same 
shape  and  structure,  resemble  those  of  Stichaster  albulus.  They  are  deeply  grooved, 
being  formed,  in  fact,  of  three  or  more  longitudinal  lamellae,  which  radiate  from  a 
common  median  axis.  The  extremity  of  the  shaft  becomes  slightly  expanded  and  trun- 
cate, and  delicate  denticles,  developed  from  the  free  angles  of  the  lamellae,  are  present 
at  the  tip  to  the  number  of  3-5.  In  the  ambulacral  spinelets  the  outer  margins  of  the 
lamellse  are  serrate  or  denticulate,  whereby,  in  these  appendages,  a  thorny  appearance 
is  imparted  to  the  shaft  as  well  as  to  the  tip. 

The  pedicellariae  are  remarkably  large  and  numerous,  and  thoroughly  characteristic 
of  the  genus  both  in  structure  and  position.  One  kind  only  is  present,  viz.  the  pedicellariae 
forcipiformes,  which  are  of  extraordinary  size,  and  but  very  little  shorter  than  the 
dorsal  spinelets ;  they  stand  isolated  and  alone  upon  the  membranous  tissue  that  covers 
the  interspaces  of  the  abactinal  network,  about  three  or  four  being  present  in  each  mesh. 
No  traces  of  papulae  have  been  detected  in  the  membrane  of  the  dorsal  interspaces  of 
the  examples  under  notice.  The  pedicellariae  increase  in  size  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
the  ventral  portion  of  the  ray,  the  length  of  the  calcareous  skeleton  of  many  of  them 
measuring  0-35-0-375  of  a  millim.*  The  contour  of  the  jaws  of  the  pedicellarise  is  con- 
siderably swollen  out  about  the  upper  third,  and  then  tapers  rapidly  towards  the  extre- 
mity, which  is  somewhat  truncate.  Several  large  curved  denticles,  usually  three  or 
four,  occur  upon  the  median  portion  of  the  inner  margins.  The  tail-parts  of  the  jaw- 
pieces  are  moderately  long,  and  taper  towards  the  extremity ;  and,  when  the  pedicellaria 
is  examined  from  above,  the  interlocking  lips  of  the  jaws  are  seen  to  be  broad,  rounded, 
and  finely  denticulate.  Every  appendage  of  the  body,  pedicellariae  and  spinelets  alike, 
is  invested  with  a  thick,  semitransparent,  cuticular  membrane,  to  which  is  due  the  papil- 
late appearance  observable  in  specimens  of  the  Starfish  that  are  preserved  in  spirit.  The 
spines  are  somewhat  more  crowded  upon  the  disk  than  upon  the  rays ;  and  the  "  eye  "- 
spines  at  the  extremities  form  a  robust  terminal  fringe.  The  madreporiform  plate, 
which  is  obscure  and  situated  near  the  margin,  bears  only  two  or  three  striae. 

*  The  pedicellarise  on  a  young  Asteracanthion  glacialis,  three  or  four  times  as  large  as  the  present  speci- 
men, do  not  measure  more  than  O19-O22  of  a  millim. 

F2 


36  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

Size,  Locality,  and  Colour. — The  largest  specimen  we  have  examined  measures 
30  millims.  in  its  greatest  diameter,  and  5'5  millims.  across  the  disk.  It  was  collected 
by  Capt.  Feilden  in  Discovery  Bay  (lat.  81°  41'  N.) ;  depth  25  fathoms,  hard  bottom. 
Another  example  was  dredged  off  Cape  Frazer  (lat.  79°  44.'  N.),  in  80  fathoms  depth, 
which  measures  only  10  millims.  in  diameter,  and  is  evidently  a  young  specimen.  The 
former  of  these  Starfishes  is  dry,  and  in  that  state  is  of  a  dirty  yellow  or  grey  colour ; 
the  smaller  one  has  been  preserved  in  spirit,  and  is  of  a  fawn-colour  or  light-brown 
shade. 

Remarks. — The  present  species  is  undoubtedly  a  near  relative  of  Sars's  typical  form, 
P.  typicus,  but  clearly  differs  from  it  in  general  size,  proportions,  and  habitus,  as  well  as 
in  the  form  of  the  pedicellarise  and  spinelets.  P.  palceocrystallus  is  of  larger  size,  and 
the  length  of  the  arm-radius,  in  proportion  to  that  of  the  disk  (about  5 : 1),  is  less  than 
in  P.  typicus,  in  the  largest  examples  of  which  it  is  6^  or  6 : 1.  The  contour  of  the 
arms  is  also  different  in  our  form,  being  more  tumid  on  the  inner  third,  and  much  more 
attenuated  on  the  remaining  outward  portion  of  the  ray.  The  dorsal  spinelets  are 
decidedly  radio-laminate  and  somewhat  expanded  at  the  tip,  instead  of  being  conical, 
as  described  in  P.  typicus,  and  the  shaft  of  the  ambulacral  spinelet  is  also  denticulate  or 
serrate.  The  pedicellariaB  in  the  present  species  are  even  of  relatively  larger  size,  and 
differ  in  having  the  contour  of  the  jaws  considerably  swollen  out  about  the  outer  third, 
and  then  tapering  rapidly  towards  the  extremity,  which  is  somewhat  truncate.  Indeed 
the  general  facies  of  the  appendage  is  unmistakably  distinct  from  that  of  the  more 
southern  form.  (Compare  PI.  II,  Fig.  26,  with  figure  given  by  Sars,  I.  c.  pi.  ix. 
figs.  15-17.) 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  II. 

Fig.  22.  Abactinal  aspect  of  the  animal :  natural  size. 

23.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen:  natural  size. 

24.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect :  magnified. 

25.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :  magnified. 

26.  One  of  the  pedicellarise :  magnified. 


CROSSASTER  PAPPOSUS  (Linck),  Mutter  &  Troschel.     Plate  III,  Figs.  1-4. 

1733.  Triskaidecaetis  papposa,  Linck,  De  Stellis  marinis,  p.  43,  tab.  xxxii.  no.  52,  tab.  xxxiv.  no.  54. 

1733.  Dodecactis  reticulata  in  dorso,  id.  1.  c.  p.  41,  tab.  xvii.  no.  28. 

1777.  Asterias  helianfhemoides,  Pennant,  British  Zoology,  vol.  iv.  p.  66.  no.  72. 

1780.  Asterias  papposa,  Fabricius,  Fauna  Groenlandiea,  p.  369.  no.  364. 

1783.  Asterias  papposa,  Eetzius,  K.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.  Stockholm,  vol.  iv.  p.  230.  no.  4. 

1788.  Asterias  papposa,  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.  Linn.  ed.  xiii.  p.  3160. 

1816.  Asterias  papposa,  Lamarck,  Anim.  s.  Vert.  ed.  1,  vol.  ii.  p.  559.  no.  22. 

1821.  Asterias  papposa,  Sabine,  Parry's  Journ.  of  a  Voyage  for  the  Discovery  of  a  N.W.  Passage  &c.,  in 

1819-20,  Append,  p.  ccxxii. 

1828.  Asterias  papposa,  lloss,  Parry's  Narrative  of  Attempt  to  reach  the  North  Pole  in  1827,  p.  202. 
1828.  Asterias  papposa,  Fleming,  Hist.  British  Animals,  p.  487. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  37 

1834.  Asterias  (Solasterias)  papposa,  Blainville,  Manuel  d'Actinologie,  p.  241. 

1834.  Asterias  afflnis,  Brandt,  Act.  Acad.  St.  Petersb.  1834,  p.  271,  et  Prodr.  Dcscr.  anim.  ab  Mertensio 
obs.,  fasc.  i.  p.  71. 

1834.  ?  Asterias  alboverrucosa,  id.  ibid. 

1835.  Stellonia  papposa,  Agassiz,  Prodr.  Monog.  Rad.,  Mem.  Soc.  Sci.  Nat.  Neufchatel,  t.  i.  p.  192. 

1836.  Asterias  papposa,  Johnston,  London's  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  ix.  p.  474,  fig.  69. 

1839.  Solaster  papposa,  Forbes,  Ast.  Irish  Sea,  Mom.  Wern.  Soc.  vol.  viii.  p.  121. 

1840.  Solaster  (Polyaster)  papposa,  Gray,  Ann.  &  Mag.  N.  Hist.  vol.  vi.p.  183. 

1840.  Crossaster  papposits,  Miillor  &  Troschel,  Wiegmann's  Archiv,  iv.  pt.  1,  p.  183. 

1841.  Solaster  papposa,  Forbes,  Hist.  British  Starfishes,  p.  112. 

1842.  Solaster  papposus,  Miiller  &  Troschol,  System  der  Asteriden,  p.  26. 

1852.  Solaster  papposa,  Forbes,  Sutherland's  Journ.  of  a  Voyage,  vol.  ii.  Append,  p.  ccxi 

1853.  Solaster  papposus,  Stimpson,  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  15. 

1857.  Solaster  papposus,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjb'benhavn,  1857,  p.  40. 
1862.  Solaster  papposus,  Dujardin  &  Hupe,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Zooph.  £chinodermes,  p.  353. 

1865.  Solaster  papposus,  Norman,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  3,  vol.  xv.  p.  122. 

1866.  Solaster  (Polyaster)  papposus,  Gray,  Synop.  Spec.  Starf.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  5. 
1866.   Crossaster  papposus,  Verrill,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  345. 

1871.  Solaster  papposus,  Hodge,  Nat.  Hist.  Trans.  Northumb.  &  Durham,  vol.  iv.  p.  134. 

1875.  Solaster  papposus,  Perrier,  Stellerides  du  Museum,  p.  94 ;  Arch,  de  Zool.  exp.  et  gen.  vol.  iv.  p.  358. 

1877.  Crossaster  papposus,  A.  Agassi/,  North-American  Starfishes,  pp.  98, 112. 

1878.  Solaster  papposus,  Viguier,  Squelette  des  Stellerides,  Arch,  de  Zool.  exp.  et  gen.  vol.  vii.  p.  134. 

A  Starfish  of  depressed  habit,  having  10-15  rays,  which  are  shorter  than,  or  only 
equal  to,  the  diameter  of  the  disk,  and  taper  uniformly  to  the  extremities.  The  calca- 
reous network  of  the  abactinal  surface  is  very  widely  spaced,  and  composed  of  a  great 
number  of  small  ossicles  that  overlap  or  imbricate  upon  one  another ;  the  intermediate 
meshes  are  consequently  large,  and  the  membranous  skin  which  covers  them  frequently 
bears  in  the  centre  one  or  more  isolated  ossicles,  round  which  the  papulae  are  grouped, 
not  unfrequently  20-30  in  number.  Paxillae,  composed  of  a  brush-like  group  of  fine 
spinelets  articulated  on  a  rounded  pedicle,  are  situated  at  each  of  the  intersections,  one 
being  also  occasionally  present  upon  the  line  of  plates  that  lies  between,  as  well  as 
upon,  the  isolated  ossicles ;  their  length  is  about  equal  to  their  distance  apart,  and  in 
an  adult  specimen  20-30  spinelets  occur  in  each  fasciculus.  The  paxillse  stand  mode- 
rately well  spaced  in  consequence  of  the  open  character  of  the  network,  and,  although 
there  is  no  regularity  whatever  apparent  in  their  arrangement  upon  the  disk,  a  certain 
lineal  disposition  can  be  more  or  less  clearly  traced  upon  the  rays.  10-12  paxillse 
may  be  counted  in  a  line  drawn  from  the  centre  of  the  disk  to  an  arm-angle,  15-20 
from  the  tip  of  a  ray  to  the  base,  and  not  more  than  4  or  5  in  an  oblique  row  running 
from  the  median  line  of  a  ray  up  to  the  series  of  large  marginal  paxillge.  These  lateral 
paxillse,  of  which  there  is  only  a  single  series,  are  large  and  compressed,  being  two  or 
three  times  the  breadth  of  the  dorsal  paxillse;  they  are  widely  spaced  and  placed  obliquely, 
or  even  at  right  angles,  to  the  median  line,  their  direction  being  outwards  and  at  an 
angle  somewhat  greater  than  45°  to  the  contour  of  the  ray ;  midway  between  each 
of  the  large  paxillaB  is  a  small  secondary  paxilla,  less  than  those  of  the  dorsal  surface. 
There  are  about  16  to  17  lateral  paxillae  from  the  tip  of  the  ray  to  the  arm-angle. 

Each  adambulacral  plate  bears  two  series  of  spines:   one  upon  the  inner  side, 


38  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

running  parallel  with  the  furrow,  and  another,  placed  at  right  angles  to  this,  forming 
a  radiating  comb,  which  holds  a  transverse  position  in  relation  to  the  direction  of  the 
ray.  In  the  innermost  or  furrow  series  there  are  3  to  4  spinelets  to  each  plate,  forming 
a  line  frequently  more  or  less  oblique  and  curved  in  its  position ;  and  their  length  at  the 
base  of  the  ray  is  fully  equal  to  two  thirds  of  the  breadth  of  the  furrow  at  its  widest 
part.  In  the  transverse  series,  the  spinelets,  which  are  5-7  in  number,  are  connected 
at  their  base  by  a  membranous  skin ;  they  are  stout,  and  the  innermost  spines  are  some- 
what larger  than  those  of  the  longitudinal  series. 

The  interbrachial  spaces  are  very  narrow,  and  either  entirely  naked  or  bearing 
only  a  few  small  spine-groups  resembling  rudimentary  papillae,  irregularly  disposed  here 
and  there. 

The  mouth-plates  are  broad  and  subtriangular,  having  a  marginal  fringe  of  large 
robust  mouth-spines  upon  their  outer  edges;  the  four  or  five  innermost,  which  are  directed 
towards  the  actinostome,  diverge  only  slightly  from  one  another ;  whilst  the  following 
five  or  six,  which  are  somewhat  smaller,  radiate  sideways,  and  interlock  more  or  less 
deeply  with  those  of  the  neighbouring  mouth-plate.  From  the  surface  of  each  mouth- 
plate,  and  standing  perpendicularly  thereto,  midway  between  the  outer  edge  and  the 
median  suture,  is  a  secondary  series  of  two  or  three  large  robust  spines. 

Size. — Large  examples  are  on  record  measuring  280  millims.  in  diameter ;  but  the 
northern  specimens  are  usually  very  much  smaller,  seldom  exceeding  100-150  millims., 
the  largest  individual  from  Discovery  Bay  being  only  93  millims. 

Colour. — According  to  Liitken  the  Greenland  specimens  are  generally  of  a  deep 
fiery  red ;  but  in  the  more  southern  portion  of  its  area  of  distribution  the  species  is 
frequently  more  or  less  mottled  with  lighter  shades,  whilst  the  general  tint  is  often 
inclined  to  shades  of  purple.  Small  examples  are  white  or  straw-coloured.  All  colour 
is  usually  bleached  in  specimens  preserved  in  spirit. 

Habitat. — C.  papposus  frequents  a  hard-ground  locality,  its  bathymetrical  range 
extending  from  low  water  to  great  depths,  as  indicated  in  the  citations  of  occurrence 
given  below. 

Premature  Form. — In  a  young  stage  the  ossicles  of  the  abactinal  network  are  more 
widely  spaced,  and  consequently  the  paxillse,  which  at  this  age  are  only  found  at  the 
intersections,  stand  further  apart  and  are  fewer  in  number ;  whilst  the  paxillse,  although 
composed  of  a  smaller  number  of  spinelets,  are  proportionately  larger  in  size  when 
compared  with  those  on  the  adult  Starfish.  The  large  compressed  lateral  paxillse  are 
fewer  in  number,  as  are  also  the  papulae.  Consequent  on  the  smaller  number  of  ray- 
elements  there  are  fewer  transverse  ambulacral  combs ;  and  these  themselves  are  made 
up  of  only  3-5  spinelets  (the  number  varying  according  to  age),  whilst  not  more  than 
two  spines  of  the  longitudinal  furrow-series  are  present.  The  mouth-spines  are,  in  like 
manner,  less  striking,  both  in  character  and  number. 

Variations. — The  variations  which  are  the  most  strikingly  conspicuous  in  this 
species  are  those  that  affect  the  relative  proportions  of  the  rays  to  the  disk  and  the 
character  of  the  dorsal  paxillse.  Dr.  Liitken  *  has  already  remarked  on  the  existence 

*  Vid.  Mcddol.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobcnhavn,  1857,  p.  42. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  39 

of  a  long-armed  variety,  in  which  the  rays  are  flatter  and  more  pointed,  and  the  paxillae 
smaller  but  more  numerous.  Examples  of  a  similar  form  occurred  in  the  collections 
made  during  the  British  Arctic  Expedition  of  1875-76 ;  and  there  may  also  be  noted  in 
these  specimens  an  increase  in  the  number  of  lateral  paxillary  combs  concurrent  with 
the  greater  length  of  the  ray. 

The  number  of  rays  is  also  subject  to  variation,  the  presence  of  ten  especially 
seeming  to  bear  a  locational  significance.  Only  one  example  from  Greenland  is  cited 
by  Liitken ;  but  amongst  the  specimens  collected  in  the  extreme  north  by  the  naturalists 
of  Captain  Nares's  Expedition  (mentioned  above)  this  number  of  rays  was  the  general 
rule. 

It  would  seem  probable  that  the  two  species  established  by  Brandt  under  the 
names  of  Asterias  affinis  and  A.  alboverrucosa  should  be  ranked  in  the  present  category, 
since  the  characters  upon  which  the  specific  individuality  of  these  forms  is  based  arc, 
excepting  the  number  of  radii,  only  those  which  accompany  early  phases  of  growth  ; 
and  this  fact,  together  with  the  small  size  of  the  recorded  type  (disk  1  inch  in  diam.), 
would  go  far  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  (in  the  case  of  affinis  at  least)  Brandt's 
species  is  nothing  more  than  the  young  stage  of  the  northern  ten-armed  form  of 
C.  papposus.  The  description  given  in  the  '  Prodromus  Descrip.  animalium  &c.'  is  itself 
so  brief,  that  it  furnishes  no  features  upon  which  a  contrary  opinion  can  be  maintained; 
but  at  the  same  time  the  statement  should  not  be  lost  sight  of  that  the  diagnosis  was 
founded  not  upon  an  actual  specimen,  but  only  upon  a  drawing  by  another  hand. 
Obviously,  therefore,  no  great  reliance  upon  the  determination  can  be  accorded  by,  or 
even  be  expected  of,  posterity  in  such  a  case. 

In  the  recently  published  memoir  by  MM.  Danielssen  and  Koren  on  the  Echino- 
dermata  of  the  Norwegian  North- Atlantic  Expedition*,  two  specimens  of  Crossaster  are 
referred  to  this  obscure  species  of  Brandt's  (A.  affinis)  and  carefully  described  (1.  c.  p.  57). 
It  would  seem  to  us,  however,  that  the  details  there  cited  may,  with  perhaps  only  a 
single  exception,  be  shown  to  occur  in  forms  which  can  be  traced  through  all  the  stages 
of  variation  up  to  the  undoubted  typical  C.  papposus,  and  not  unfrequently  even  in 
British  examples  of  the  species. 

One  very  marked  peculiarity,  however,  is  noted  in  the  description  above  referred 
to,  and  which  consists  in  the  great  number  of  spinelets  present  in  the  series  on  the 
furrow  side  of  each  adambulacral  plate,  viz.  seven  (or  even  eight  rarely) ;  whilst  in  large 
specimens  of  C.  papposus  it  is  very  seldom  that  more  than  four  occur,  and  similarly  in 
the  northern  ten-armed  specimens  from  Discovery  Bay.  Such  a  divergence  is  very 
remarkable.  The  number  of  spinelets  in  the  transverse  comb  is  also  greater  (8-10) 
than  generally  obtains  in  C.  papposus  of  similar  size. 

Balancing  the  whole  evidence,  however,  it  would  appear  very  doubtful  whether  the 
divergence  is  greater  than  might  be  expected  in  a  locational  or  deep-sea  variety,  and 
which  we  should  greatly  question  the  propriety  of  separating  as  an  independent 
species  from  Crossaster  papposus.  The  specimens  were  dredged  in  lat.  64°  35'  N.,long. 
10°  20'  W.,  290  fathoms. 

*  Nyt  Mag.  f.  Naturvidensk.  1877,  Bd.  xxiii.  3,  p.  45. 


40  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

Sir  Wyville  Thomson  likewise  records  the  presence  of  a  ten-armed  variety  in  the 
Faeroe  channel  at  a  depth  of  610  fathoms,  but  gives  no  details  of  its  characters. 

A  variation  of  secondary  importance  occurs  in  the  character  of  the  paxillse,  by  the 
length  of  the  spinelets  of  the  crown  being  sometimes  reduced  to  extreme  shortness,  and 
thereby  imparting  to  the  paxilla3  the  appearance  of  small  granulate  cones.  This 
condition,  however,  is  in  a  great  measure  the  result  of  abrasion,  and  is  dependent 
consequently  upon  the  special  nature  of  the  locality ;  thus  a  Starfish  inhabiting  the 
comparative  calms  of  deep  water  would  be  subject  to  much  less  friction  than  one 
frequenting  a  littoral  district  or  amongst  pebbly  shingle. 

The  interbrachial  spaces  are  also  liable  to  change,  being  sometimes  quite  naked, 
whilst  in  other  cases  they  are  more  or  less  filled  with  paxillary  spinulation. 

Distribution. 

a.  Northward  up  Smith  Sound :  Discovery  Bay,  lat.   81°  41'  N.,  25  fms.,  hard 
bottom  (Naress  Exped.),  the  most  northern  locality  on  record ;  Cape  Frazer,  80  fms. ; 
Franklin-Pierce  Bay,  15  fms.,  bottom  temperature  29°-5  Fahr. 

b.  North  of  American  Continent:  Assistance  Bay  (Penny's  Exped.),  Newfoundland 
(Verrill),  Grand  Manan  (Stimpsori),  Massachusetts  (Verrill,  Gould,  &c.\ 

c.  North  of  European  Continent:  Spitzbergen  (LutJcen) ;  Barents  Sea,  lat.  76°  58' 
N.,  long.  45° 40'  E.,  110  fms.  ('  Willem  Barents'  Exped.);  Finmark,  Scandinavian  coasts, 
Iceland,  Faroe  Islands  (LutJcen) ;  British  coasts ;  French  coast  as  far  as  the  dept.  of 
Finisterre  (LutJcen). 

d.  North  of  Asiatic  Continent :    Behring's  Straits  1  (under  the  name  of  A.  affinis, 
Brandt). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  III. 

Fig.  1.  Abactinal  aspect  of  a  young  specimen. 

2.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen  :  natural  size. 

3.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect :  magnified. 

4.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect:  magnified. 


SOLASTEE  ENDECA  (Gmel.\  Forles.     Plate  III,  Figs.  5-8. 

1776.  Asterias  aspera,  0.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  Prodr.  p.  234.  no.  2833. 

1788.  Asterias  endeca,  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.  linn.  ed.  xiii.  p.  3162. 

1816.  Asterias  endeca,  Lamarck,  Anim.  s.  Vert.  vol.  ii.  p.  560.  no.  23. 

1828.  Asterias  endica,  Fleming,  Hist.  British  Animals,  p.  487. 

1834.  Asterias  (Solasterias)  endeca,  Blainvillo,  Manuel  d'Actinologie,  p.  241. 

1835.  Asterias  endeca,  Johnston,  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  ix.  p.  300,  fig.  44. 
1835.  Stellonia  endeca,  Agassiz,  Mem.  Soc.  Sci.  Nat.  Neufchatel,  vol.  i.  p.  192. 

1839.  Solaster  endeca,  Forbes,  Mem.  "Wern.  Soc.  vol.  viii.  p.  121. 

1840.  Solaster  (Endeca)  endeca,  Gray,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  vi.  p.  183. 

1841.  Solaster  endeca,  Forbes,  Hist.  British  Starfishes,  p.  109. 

1842.  Solaster  endeca,  Muller  &  Troschel,  System  dcr  Asteriden,  p.  26. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  41 

1853.  Solaster  endeca,  Stimpson,  Syn.  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  14. 

1857.  Solaster  endeca,  Liitkcn,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  35. 

1861.  Solaster  endeca,  Sars,  Ovorsigt  af  Norges  Echinodormer,  p.  75. 

1862.  Solaster  endeca,  Dujardin  &  Hupe,  Hist.  Nat.  Zooph.  Echinodennes,  p.  354. 

1865.  Solaster  endeca,  Norman,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  3,  vol.  xv.  p.  122. 

1866.  Solaster  (Endeca)  endeca,  Gray,  Synop.  Spec.  Starf.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  5. 

1866.  Solaster  endeca,  Vorrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  pp.  345,  350. 

1871.  Solaster  endeca,  Hodge,  Nat.  Hist.  Trans.  Northumb.  &  Durham,  vol.  iv.  p.  135. 

1875.  Solaster  endeca,  Porricr,  Stellerides  du  Museum,  p.  95 ;  Arch.  d.  Zool.  oxp.  et  gdn.  vol.  iv.  p.  359. 

Rays  8-11  in  number,  in  length  equal  to,  or  only  a  little  longer  than,  the  diameter 
of  the  disk.  The  disk  is  high  and  considerably  arched,  the  rays  being  consequently 
very  deep  at  their  base,  with  sides  almost  vertical,  which  gives  an  appearance  of  lateral 
compression  ;  they  taper  rapidly  towards  the  tip,  however,  and  become  round  or  sub- 
cylindrical  in  shape.  In  the  median  interradial  line,  at  the  junction  of  neighbouring 
rays,  there  is  often  a  slight  depression  or  furrow,  which  imparts  a  very  graceful  appear- 
ance .to  the  Starfish.  The  abactinal  calcareous  network  is  very  compact,  the  interspaces 
being  small  and  constricted.  In  large-sized  specimens,  each  of  the  meshes  upon  the 
disk  and  upper  portion  of  the  rays  usually  contain  two  (and  occasionally  three)  papulae, 
but  seldom  more  than  one  is  present  in  small  examples,  and  towards  the  extre- 
mities of  the  rays.  A  paxilla  or  small  tuft  of  spinelets  (5  to  10  in  number)  springs 
from  each  intersection,  and  these  form  regular  parallel  lines  running  obliquely  from  the 
margin  to  the  median  line  of  the  ray,  in  consequence  of  the  symmetrical  character  of 
the  calcareous  network  and  the  diagonal  arrangement  of  the  ossicles  across  the  ray> 
10-12  paxillse  being  counted  in  such  a  row  at  the  extreme  base  of  the  ray. 

The  periproct  is  central  and  prominent,  and  the  madreporiform  tubercle  is  situated 
in  an  interradium  midway  between  the  centre  and  the  arm-angle.  There  are  two  rows 
of  ventro-marginal  paxillse,  those  of  the  upper  series,  although  larger  than  the  general 
dorsal  paxillse,  being  very  much  smaller  than  those  of  the  companion  ventral  series. 

The  paxillse  of  the  lower  series  are  large  and  compressed  in  form ;  the  lateral 
expansion  of  the  pedicle  exceeds  the  thickness  by  seven  or  eight  times,  and  the  longer 
axis  is  placed  at  right  angles  to  the  median  line  of  the  ray.  40-50  of  these  large 
paxillae  extend  between  the  tip  of  the  ray  and  the  arm-angle ;  the  series  is  situate  quite 
over  on  the  ventral  surface,  and  runs  with  a  curve  round  the  margin  of  the  arm-angle, 
forming  a  continuous  series  with  those  from  the  neighbouring  ray.  The  paxilla3  which 
bound  the  interradial  area  are  very  much  smaller  than  those  which  occur  upon  the  rays 
proper. 

Each  adambulacral  plate  bears  two  sets  of  spines : — One  a  small  series,  placed  very 
high  up  in  the  furrow  and  running  parallel  with  it,  which  consists  of  two  or  three  small 
spines,  the  aboral  being  largest ;  the  other  series  forms  a  fan-like  comb  of  six  or  seven 
spines,  connected  by  a  membranous  web,  and  is  borne  upon  an  elevated  keel  at  right 
angles  to  the  furrow,  almost  concealing  the  small  marginal  series,  which  is  placed  deep 
within  the  groove.  The  spinelets  of  the  transverse  series  gradually  increase  in  size  as 
they  approach  the  furrow. 

The  interbrachial  space,  which  is  elongate,  narrow,  and  sagittiform  in  contour,  is 


42  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

occupied  by  a  number  of  small  paxillse,  less  than  those  of  the  dorsal  surface,  and  seldom, 
except  in  largely  grown  specimens,  bearing  more  than  five  or  six  spinelets,  and  all  of  a 
compressed,  flat,  comb-like  form.  The  paxillse  are  regularly  arranged  and  closely  placed 
•within  the  area,  but  only  extend  for  a  short  distance  along  the  ray,  gradually  becoming 
rudimentary  as  the  space  between  the  "  ambulacral "  transverse  combs  and  the  marginal 
series  of  paxillae  diminishes. 

The  mouth-plates  are  large  and  somewhat  spatuliform,  having  an  armature  arranged 
after  the  following  manner : — The  two  innermost  mouth-spines  are  long,  stout,  and 
directed  towards  the  centre  of  the  peristome  ;  then  follow  a  series  of  about  six  or  seven 
spines  placed  at  regular  intervals  apart,  which  radiate  in  the  plane  of  the  plate,  one  after 
the  other,  at  an  increasing  angle  from  the  median  line.  The  two  most  adoral  mouth- 
spines  are  much  longer  proportionally  than  the  rest,  which  gradually  diminish  in  size 
as  they  approach  the  radial  series,  and  being  likewise  curved  somewhat  upward  from 
the  plane  of  the  mouth-plate,  cross  and  interlock  with  the  corresponding  spines  of  the 
neighbouring  mouth-angle.  Between  the  outer  margin  of  the  mouth-plate  and  the  side 
that  falls  in  the  median  line  of  the  ray  runs  a  more  or  less  definite  keel,  upon  which  is 
borne  a  secondary  series  of  seven  or  eight  spinelets,  forming  a  modified  comb  that  stands 
almost  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  mouth-plate,  and  runs  parallel  with  the 
marginal  series  or  mouth-spines  proper,  above  described. 

Size. — Sars  mentions  an  unusually  large  example  measuring  330  millims. ;  but  the 
ordinary  size  seldom  exceeds  200  millims.,  whilst  the  northern  forms  are  usually  much 
less;  thus  at  Tromso  80  millims.,  and  at  Floro  100  millims.  (Sars). 

Colour. — Shades  of  red  varying  to  purple  on  the  upper  surface  and  cream-colour 
beneath.  Occasionally  in  preserved  specimens  a  trace  is  left  of  the  natural  red  colour. 
According  to  Verrill,  this  species  is,  in  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  usually  deep  purple  above 
and  orange  below  ;  one  large  example  occurred  entirely  orange. 

Habitat. — On  stony  or  sandy  bottoms,  from  low-water  mark  down  to  90  fms. 
(Lutkeri). 

Premature  Form. — In  young  ten-armed  examples  from  Greenland,  10  millims.  in 
diameter,  described  by  Liitken,  the  arms  are  remarkably  short  (2^  millims.),  and  the 
dorsal  surface  is  pretty  closely  covered  with  groups  of  4-6  spinelets,  these  immature 
paxillse  being  proportionally  large  and  few  in  number  when  compared  with  those  on  the 
mature  animal.  Bordering  the  margin  of  the  ray  there  are  about  eight  paxillae  that 
separate  the  dorsal  and  ventral  surfaces,  but  do  not,  as  in  the  case  of  older  stages,  lay 
entirely  on  the  ventral  area.  Along  each  side  of  the  furrow  is  a  series  of  about  14 
of  the  transverse  "  ambulacral "  combs,  each  of  four  spinelets.  The  ventral  interbrachial 
areas  are  still  quite  small,  and  have  only  very  few  spinelets.  Each  mouth-plate  bears 
four  spines,  of  which  the  innermost  is  longest  and  is  directed  horizontally  towards  the 
centre  of  the  mouth-opening.  The  papula?  and  the  spinelets  composing  the  paxilte 
increase  in  number  with  age. 

We  have  been  enabled  to  confirm  the  tenour  of  these  observations  by  a  small 
individual  dredged  by  Captain  Feilden,  during  the  outward  voyage  of  the  British  Arctic 
Expedition,  in  lat.  65°  N.,  26  miles  from  the  coast  of  Greenland,  at  a  depth  of  30  fms., 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  43 

bottom  rocky  with  rounded  pebbles.  This  example  is  nine-armed,  and  measures  14 
millims.  across  its  greatest  diameter,  R=7  millims.,  r=3  millims.,  the  length  of  the 
arm  from  the  tip  to  the  arm-angle  being  rather  less  than  4  millims.  The  ventro-lateral 
series  of  paxillse  are  about  twelve  in  number  on  each  side  of  the  ray  and  quite  marginal, 
instead  of  being  entirely  on  the  ventral  surface  as  in  older  forms.  There  are  about 
twenty  of  the  transverse  "  ambulacral  "  combs  between  the  extremity  of  the  ray  and  the 
mouth-plate,  each  composed  of  four  spines.  Each  mouth-plate  carries  four  spines  on 
its  margin,  which  gives  eight  to  the  mouth-angle,  and  there  are  about  two  or  three  of 
the  inner  secondary  series  present.  The  dorsal  paxillae  upon  the  disk  are  composed  of 
four  to  six  spinelets,  but  those  on  the  rays  have  seldom  more  than  three. 

Variations. — This  species  on  the  whole  would  seem  to  be  very  fairly  constant  in 
character,  although  considerable  variation  is  manifest  in  the  number  of  rays.  Brandt  * 
notes  a  ten-armed  variety  from  Sitcha ;  and  seven-,  eight-,  and  nine-armed  forms  are  cited 
by  Liitken.  The  last-named  observer  also  records  a  variety,  taken  in  Iceland,  Floroen, 
and  Greenland  f,  in  which  the  rays  are  blunter  and  coarser,  as  well  as  more  uniform  in 
thickness  throughout  their  length,  and  in  which  the  paxillae  of  the  ventral  interbrachial 
spaces  are  more  compressed  and  carry  a  greater  number  of  spinelets  (10-20).  With  our 
present  information,  however,  it  is  difficult  to  say  what  claim  these  modifications 
have  upon  our  recognition. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland:  up  tolat.  70°  N.,  Omenak  (Lutkeri),  being  the  most  northern  locality 
on  record ;  Davis  Straits,  lat.  67°  -50'  N.,  long.  55°  27'  W.,  20  fms.,  bottom  of  broken 
barnacles  and  shells  ('  Valorous '  Exped.) ;  lat.  65°  N.,  30  fms.,  rocky  bottom  (Nares's 
Exped.). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :    Newfoundland  (Liitken) ;   St.  George's  Bank, 
25  fms.  (Verrill) ;  Grand  Manan  (Stimpson);   Fundy  Bay  and  Maine,  low-water  mark 
down  to  20  fms.  (Verrill). 

c.  North  of  European  Continent:   Finmark,  Tromso  (Liltken);  Iceland  (Liitken); 
Fa?roe  Islands ;  British  Isles  to  S.  of  Ireland  and  the  Channel. 

d.  Sitcha  (Brandt). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  III. 

Fig.  5.  Abactinal  aspect  of  the  animal :  natural  size. 

6.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen:  natural  size. 

7.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect :  magnified. 

8.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :  magnified. 

LOPIIASTEB  PUECIPER  (Diiben  &  Koren),  Verrill.     Plate  III,  Figs.  9-12. 

1844.  Chcetaster  borealis,  Diiben,  (Efv.  Kongl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forhandl.  1844,  p.  113. 

1844.  Solaater  furcifer,  Diihen  &  Koren,  Kongl.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.  1S44,  p.  243,  pi.  vi.  figs.  7-10. 

1862.  Solaster  furcifer,  Dujardiu  &  Hupe,  Hist.  Nat.  Zooph.  Eohinodernies,  p.  355. 

1878.  Lophaster  furcifer,  Verrill,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  &  Arts,  ser.  3,  vol.  xvi.  p.  214. 

*  Prodr.  Descrip.  animalium  &c.  p.  71.  t  Vidensk.  Jleddelelser  for  1857,  p.  38. 


44  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

A  Starfish  of  rather  depressed  form,  having  five  broad  flat  arras ;  the  proportion 
of  the  greater  to  the  lesser  radius  being  about  3  :  1  approximately.  The  calcareous 
skeleton  of  the  abactinal  surface  forms  a  very  regular  network,  and  the  large  con- 
spicuous paxillae  that  spring  from  the  intersections  form  longitudinal  series  which  run 
parallel  to  the  median  line  of  the  ray ;  consequently  only  two  or  three  of  the  middle 
rows  reach  to  the  tip,  although  from  fourteen  to  sixteen  may  be  counted  at  the  base  of 
the  arm.  The  paxillae,  which  are  very  compact,  have  a  remarkably  large  stout  pedicle 
nearly  twice  as  wide  as  high,  and  bear  a  crown  of  spinelets,  numbering  from  fifteen 
to  twenty,  or  even  more  in  large  specimens,  in  length  about  equal  to  the  diameter 
of  the  base.  The  spinelets  are  flat  in  young  examples,  and  from  the  angles  of 
their  apex,  which  is  as  broad  or  broader  than  the  base,  proceed  two  small  denticles, 
giving  to  the  spinelet  the  appearance  of  a  two-pronged  fork;  with  increasing  age, 
however,  the  spinelets  become  multilaminate,  and  the  number  of  apical  denticles 
corresponds  with  that  of  the  laminae,  which  radiate  from  the  median  axis  of  the 
spinelet. 

The  papulae  are  in  groups  of  from  four  to  ten  or  twelve  in  number,  varying  according 
to  age  and  size.  They  are  most  numerous  upon  the  disk,  the  interspaces  between  the 
ossicles  of  the  calcareous  network  being  smaller  further  out  upon  the  rays,  where  the 
papulae  are  consequently  fewer  and  the  paxillee  closer  together. 

The  sides  of  the  rays  are  deep  and  perpendicular,  and  are  bounded  by  a  dorsal  and 
a  ventral  series  of  marginal  paxillae  ;  they  stand  wide  apart  from  one  another,  and  are 
about  twenty  (17-22)  in  number  from  the  arm-angle  to  the  extremity  of  the  ray.  The 
paxillae  of  the  dorso-lateral  series  are  larger  than  the  general  paxillae  of  the  dorsal  area, 
and  are  directed  somewhat  upwards.  The  ventro-lateral  series,  which  are  much  larger 
and  very  prominent,  alternate  with  these,  standing  opposite  to  the  interspaces,  and  are 
directed  at  an  angle  downwards ;  their  pedicles  are  nearly  twice  as  broad  as  the  fore- 
going and  oval  in  section,  whilst  the  spinelets  attached  to  them  are  somewhat  shorter 
than  those  on  the  dorsal  paxillae.  There  are  no  paxillae  in  the  space  between  the 
dorsal  and  ventral  series  above  named,  the  sides  of  the  rays  being  bare. 

Each  adambulacral  plate  bears  two  series  of  spinelets:  one  which  runs  parallel  to  the 
furrow,  and  is  composed  of  three  to  five  equal-sized  spinelets ;  and  a  transverse  series  of 
three  or  four  placed  obliquely  or  even  at  right  angles  to  the  furrow-series,  a  thick 
membrane  uniting  the  spinelets  and  forming  a  webbed  comb. 

The  ventral  interbrachial  areas  are  large,  and  bear  a  number  of  paxillae  arranged 
in  rows  parallel  with  the  furrow,  two,  three,  or  sometimes  even  more  of  such  rows 
being  present.  In  the  largest  example  we  have  examined  the  innermost  row  has 
eleven  or  twelve  paxilte  extending  from  the  median  interbrachial  line  out  along  the 
ray ;  the  next  outermost  numbers  5,  the  third  3,  the  angle  thus  left  being  filled  up  by 
a  solitary  paxilla.  The  paxillaj  are  large  and  all  covered  with  a  thick  membrane ;  their 
bases  or  pedicles  are  very  short,  and  carry  six  to  eight  spinelets  arranged  somewhat  like 
a  double  fan,  all  radiating  and  directed  outwards.  The  main  group  of  paxillae  which 
stand  upon  the  area  are  nearly  equal  in  size,  but  the  five  or  six  most  aboral  ones  of  the 
innermost  row  diminish  in  size  as  they  recede  from  the  mouth ;  they  do  not  extend 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  45 

beyond  one  third  of  the  length  of  the  ray,  and  the  most  outward  ones  are  made  up  of 
only  three  or  four  small  spinelets,  not  sufficient  to  form  a  paxilla  proper. 

The  mouth-plates  are  large  and  broad,  and  the  marginal  spines  interlock  with  those 
of  the  neighbouring  mouth-angle. 

The  madreporiform  tubercle  is  small  and  often  difficult  to  find,  being  almost  hidden 
by  paxillae ;  it  is  situated  a  little  nearer  to  the  centre  than  midway  between  that  point 
and  the  arm-angle,  and  in  some  specimens  it  stands  at  about  one  third  the  distance. 

Size. — The  greater  radius  of  the  three  specimens  known  to  Diiben  and  Koren 
measured  respectively  30,  16-18,  and  11  millims. ;  the  specimens  from  Cape  Frazer 
are  somewhat  larger  than  this,  whilst  those  from  Discovery  Bay  measure  82  and  53 
millims.  in  their  greater  radius.  The  largest  of  the  Cape-Frazer  specimens  is  about 
32  millims.  in  the  greater  radius,  65  millims.  in  its  greatest  diameter,  and  21  millims. 
across  the  disk,  the  arms  at  their  base  being  13  millims.  broad. 

Colour. — According  to  Diiben  and  Koren,  the  colour  of  the  living  animal  is  brick- 
red  above  and  white  beneath ;  the  eye-spots  bright  red. 

Habitat. — Although  no  actual  record  has  been  preserved  of  the  nature  of  the 
ground  inhabited  by  this  Starfish  in  the  far  north,  a  certain  amount  of  incidental 
evidence  is  furnished  by  the  fact  that  the  smaller  of  the  two  specimens  from  Discovery 
Bay  has  its  stomach  filled  with  the  remains  of  Antedon,  and  upon  which  it  had 
evidently  taken  its  last  meal !  In  all  probability  they  were  fellow  residents  on  the 
same  sea-bed. 

Variations. — Under  this  head  should  be  recorded  a  specimen  obtained  by  Mr.  Hart 
in  Discovery  Bay  during  the  British  Arctic  Expedition  of  1875-76,  and  which  we  have 
included  within  the  present  species  only  after  much  hesitation.  The  greater  radius  of 
this  example  measures  82  millims.,  the  lesser  30  millims.  The  arm-angles  are  much 
more  rounded,  and  the  rays  comparatively  much  broader  at  the  base  and  more  rapidly 
tapering  (being  remarkably  attenuated  towards  the  extremity)  than  in  smaller  forms 
with  which  we  have  previously  been  acquainted.  By  this  means  an  extremely  broad 
character  is  imparted  to  the  disk,  and  a  contour  altogether  different  from  that  given  by 
Diiben  and  Koren  and  by  Sir  Wyville  Thomson  in  figures  of  Solaster  furcifer.  The 
present  specimen  is  also  noteworthy  from  the  great  number  of  papulse  that  are  present ; 
in  fact  so  numerous  are  they,  that  the  dorsal  paxillre  have  the  appearance  of 
springing  from  quite  a  forest  of  these  tubelets,  whilst  the  degree  to  which  every 
appendage  of  the  body  is  invested  with  membrane,  and  all  the  ventral  spinelets  webbed 
together,  tends  to  produce  a  character  which,  although  superficial,  is  remarkably 
striking  and  conspicuous. 

At  first  sight  it  would  seem  that  these  modifications  should  be  considered  marks  of 
specific  distinction ;  and  such  per  se  the  writers  would  have  been  disposed  to  regard  them, 
had  not  a  second  (and  smaller)  specimen,  likewise  obtained  in  Discovery  Bay,  furnished 
a  phase  of  gradation  between  this  apparently  independent  form  and  examples  of  the  same 
species  dredged  off  Cape  Frazer  by  Capt.  Feilden — the  larger  of  these  latter  presenting 
a  stage  which  diverges  from  the  ordinary  form  (as  diagnosed  by  Diiben  and  Koren)  in 
the  direction  of  the  above-named  specimen. 


46  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

We  are  still  much  in  ignorance  as  to  the  changes  undergone  by  L.furdfer  during 
growth,  whilst  the  records  of  its  occurrence  and  structure  are  so  few,  that  we  prefer  for 
the  present  to  regard  the  specimens  from  Discovery  Bay  as  largely  developed  examples 
of  the  species  under  notice,  rather  than  to  place  them  as  independent  forms,  from  such 
scanty  material. 

Distribution. 

a.  Northward  up  Smith  Sound :    Discovery  Bay,  lat.  81°  41'  N.  (Nares's  Exped.), 
the  most  northern  locality  on  record ;  Cape  Frazer,  80  fms. 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :  George's  Bank,  Gulf  of  Maine,  150  fms.  ( Verrill). 

c.  North  of  European  Continent:  Bergen,  30-50  fms.  (Sars,  Dliben  and  Koren). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  III. 

Fig.  9.  Abactinal  aspect  of  the  animal:  natural  size. 

10.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen :  natural  size. 

11.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect:  magnified. 

12.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :  magnified. 

PTERASTER  MILITARIS  (0.  F.  Mutter],  M.  &  T.    Plate  III,  Figs.  13-16. 

1776.  Asterias  militaris,  0.  F.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.  Prodr.  p.  234.  no.  2828. 

1788.  Asterias  militaris,  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.  Linn.  ed.  xiii.  p.  3100. 

1806.  Asterias  militaris,  Eathke,  Zool.  Dan.  vol.  iv.  p.  13,  tab.  131. 

1842.  Asteriscus  militaris,  Miiller  &  Troschel,  System  der  Asteriden,  p.  44. 

1842.  Pteraster  militaris,  Miiller  &  Troschel,  System  der  Asteriden,  p.  128,  tab.  vi.  fig.  1. 

1844.  Pteraster  militaris,  Diiben  &  Koren,  Kongl.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.  1844,  jx  246,  tab.  vii.  figs.  11-13. 

1850.  Pteraster  militaris,  Sars,  Nyt  Mag.  f.  Naturv.  vol.  vi.  p.  161. 

1853.  Pteraster  militaris,  Stimpson,  Invert.  Grand  Mauan,  p.  15. 

1856.  Pteraster  militaris,  Sars,  Koren,  &  Danielssen,  Fauna  litt.  Norv.  Heft  2,  p.  55,  tab.  vii.  figs.  1-8. 

1857.  Pteraster  militaris,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  43. 

1861.  Pteraster  militaris,  Sars,  Oversigt  af  Norges  Echinodermer,  p.  48. 

1862.  Pteraster  militaris,  Dujardin  &  Hupe,  Hist.  Nat.  Zooph.  Echinoderm.es,  p.  434. 
1866.  Pteraster  militaris,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  355. 
1871.  Pteraster  militaris,  Verrill,  Trans.  Connect.  Acad.  A.  &  S.  vol.  i.  p.  569. 

1875.  Pteraster  militaris,  Perrier,  Stellerides  du  Museum,  p.  381 ;  Arch.  d.  Zool.  exp.  et  gen.  vol.  v.  p.  301. 

This  Starfish  is  readily  distinguished  by  the  singular  fin-like  margin  surrounding 
the  rays,  and  by  the  membranous  skin  which  is  supported  over  the  upper  surface  of 
the  test,  as  well  as  by  the  largely-developed  series  of  webbed  spines  that  resemble  fans 
placed  on  the  adambulacral  plates  at  right  angles  to  the  direction  of  the  furrow. 

The  contour  of  the  present  species  is  pentagonal,  the  body  being  high  and  arched 
and  the  underside  flat.  Proportion  of  disk-radius  to  arm-radius  1  :  2.  The  ossicles 
of  the  abactinal  skeleton  are  subcruciform,  and  suggest  fancifully  the  idea  of  a 
St.  Andrew's  cross.  The  major  diameter  of  these  plates  lies  in  the  direction  of  the 
ray,  and  their  prolongations  imbricate  upon  corresponding  parts  of  neighbouring 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  47 

ossicles,  whereby  it  follows  that  the  intermediate  spaces  are  suboval  or  diamond- 
shaped,  and  an  apparent  diagonal  arrangement  of  calcareous  plates  is  produced.  Each 
of  the  cruciform  ossicles  bears  a  single  paxilla  situated  on  the  margin  of  the  angle 
that  lies  nearest  to  the  centre  of  the  disk.  The  pedicle  of  the  paxilla  is  short,  usually 
little  more  than  a  tubercle,  and  bears  three  or  sometimes  four  comparatively  long 
tapering  spinelets ;  these  diverge  at  a  small  angle  from  one  another,  and  are  main- 
tained in  this  position  by  numerous  extremely  fine  muscular  fibres,  which  are  attached 
near  the  tips,  and  pass  from  spine  to  spine  in  every  direction  over  the  entire  area.  By 
this  means  the  foundation  is  laid  for  a  membranous  tissue,  which  is  supported  over 
the  body  like  a  tent-cloth  by  the  spinelets,  and  by  which  the  whole  dorsal  surface  of 
the  animal  is  covered  and  concealed.  A  hollow  infradermal  cavity  is  thus  formed, 
wherein  the  development  of  the  ova  and  embryos  takes  place*.  Each  of  the  inter- 
mediate spaces  or  meshes  in  the  calcareous  network  of  the  skeleton  has  a  single 
puncture  in  its  membrane  near  the  base  of  the  paxilla,  which  gives  passage  to  a  papula 
of  very  peculiar  form.  This  remarkable  organ,  instead  of  being  cylindrical  with  a 
simple  conical  tip,  as  is  usually  the  case,  has  its  extremity  split  up  into  a  number  of 
short  blind  cseca  or  knob-like  branchlets,  and  is  attached  to  the  base  of  the  paxilla, 
being  in  all  probability  non-retractile. 

Each  adambulacral  plate  bears  a  transverse  series  of  five  or  six  long  spines,  which 
are  connected  together  by  a  membrane,  and  form  a  webbed  fan  that  stands  at  a  right 
angle  to  the  ambulacral  furrow.  The  outermost  spine  of  each  comb  is  double  the 
length  and  thickness  of  any  of  the  others,  but  does  not  always  stand  in  a  line  with  the 
rest  of  the  fan-like  series,  being  sometimes  nearly  midway  between  its  own  series  and 
the  next  succeeding ;  the  other  spines  of  the  "  ambulacral "  comb  are  nearly  equal  in 
size,  the  middle  ones  being  slightly  longer.  The  long  external  spines  above  named 
extend  about  half  their  length  beyond  the  edge  of  the  ray,  and  are  united  to  one 
another  by  a  connecting-tissue,  which  forms  the  fan-like  fringe  that  surrounds  the 
entire  Starfish ;  and  this  also  is  the  boundary  of  the  secondary  or  supradermal  covering 
of  the  dorsal  surface  before  described.  The  mouth-plates  are  subquadrate  in  form  ;  and 
the  mouth-spines,  which  are  5  or  6  in  number,  are  webbed  together  and  directed  at  an 
angle  downwards,  the  innermost  spinelet  being  the  longest  and  stoutest  of  the  series. 
From  the  centre  of  each  mouth-plate,  and  standing  perpendicular  to  its  plane,  is  a 
very  large  stout  spine,  much  thicker  and  larger  than  any  of  the  others ;  this  is  articu- 
lated on  a  small  rudimentary  tubercle,  and  has  the  tip,  which  is  abruptly  pointed, 
transparent  and  glass-like. 

The  anal  aperture  is  situated  at  the  centre  of  the  inner  or  true  dorsal  surface  of 
the  animal ;  and  the  madreporiform  body,  which  is  circular  and  more  or  less  arched  and 
granulate  or  tubercular  in  appearance,  lies  in  a  median  interradial  line  near  to  the 
centre,  and  not  more  than  its  own  diameter  away  from  the  periproct.  A  moderately 
wide  orifice,  surrounded  by  a  circlet  of  enlarged  paxillae,  is  situated  in  the  centre  of 

*  For  details  consult  Koren  arid  Danielssen,  Fauna  litt.  Norv.,  Heft  2,  p.  58;  Saxs,  Overeigt  af  Jforges 
Echinodcrmer,  p.  58. 


48  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

the  dorsal  area  of  the  upper  investing  membrane,  and  this  forms  the  common  oscular 
entrance  to  the  cavity,  and  stands  immediately  over  the  anal  aperture.  Other  openings 
into  the  infradermal  cavity  occur  upon  the  abactinal  surface  between  each  of  the  long 
lateral  spines,  the  apertures  being  guarded  (and  can  also  probably  be  closed)  by  a 
modified  spinelet  or  scale-papilla  articulated  on  the  body-frame.  There  are  also  a 
number  of  small  circular  punctures  distributed  over  the  membrane,  which  Sars  referred 
to  under  the  style  of  spiracula,  and  according  to  whose  observations  they  are  surrounded 
with  a  sphincter  muscle  that  would,  in  all  probability,  enable  them  to  be  opened  and 
closed  at  will.  The  superficial  dermal  covering  contains  a  number  of  very  fine 
calcareous  spicules,  and  the  projecting  tips  of  the  supporting  paxillary  spinelets  produce 
fine  asperities  over  its  surface. 

Size. — The  northern  specimens  would  appear,  according  to  Sars's  observations,  to 
be  larger  than  those  occurring  in  the  southern  portion  of  the  area  of  distribution. 
Those  taken  at  Finmark  reach  the  size  of  3  inches,  whilst  specimens  from  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Bergen  seldom  exceed  1J-2  inches ;  the  largest  size  on  record  is  4  inches 
(Lilt ken). 

Colour. — Sars  remarks  that  the  colour  of  this  species  is  tolerably  variable,  the 
dorsal  surface  being  snow-white,  yellowish  white,  or  pale  reddish  flesh-colour,  with  a 
round  blood-red  eye-spot  at  the  tip  of  the  arm,  and  the  ventral  surface  of  the  animal 
always  white.  The  same  author  cites  a  small  example  from  Finmark  which  was 
straw-coloured,  the  tips  of  the  rays  orange,  a  few  small  scattered  spots  of  the  same  colour 
upon  the  dorsal  surface,  and  the  oscular  aperture  in  the  centre  being  also  margined 
with  orange.  Larger  examples  from  the  same  coast  presented  the  variations  above 
noted  in  comparison  with  specimens  from  Bergen. 

According  to  the  '  Zoologia  Danica,'  the  animal  is  more  of  a  brick-red,  which 
colour  Liitken  also  states  to  have  been  retained  in  a  large  specimen  sent  to  the  Copen- 
hagen Museum  by  Capt.  Holboll. 

Habitat. — This  Starfish  occurs  in  40-60  fms.  depth  at  Bergen,  and  20-100  fms. 
off  the  coast  of  Finmark ;  in  35  fms.  off  Grand  Manan,  shelly  bottom  (Stimpson). 

Premature  Stages. — We  are  unfortunately  not  able  to  furnish  any  information 
upon  the  characters  presented  by  this  species  after  it  has  passed  the  embryonic  stage, 
and  prior  to  the  assumption  of  the  adult  features.  Sars,  and  also  Koren  and  Danielssen  *, 
have,  however,  made  very  valuable  observations  upon  the  earlier  phases,  the  two  last- 
named  having  traced  the  development  of  the  egg,  whilst  Sarsf  gives  very  admirable 
descriptions  and  figures  of  the  later  stages  of  the  larval  form.  Four  of  these  were 
found  in  the  infradermal  cavity  of  a  specimen  •£  inch  in  diameter  from  Tromso ;  and 
twelve  young,  along  with  two  or  three  eggs,  in  one  3  inches  in  diameter  from  Vadso. 
In  the  young  individual  of  l^—lf  millim.  in  diameter,  the  pentagonal  form  is  already 
apparent,  and  three  pairs  of  sucker-feet,  together  with  the  odd  terminal  tentacle,  are 
present  in  each  of  the  radii.  In  the  place  of  the  actinostome  there  is  a  large  hemi- 
spherical protuberance  or  knob-shaped  body,  equal  to  nearly  one  third  of  the  animal's 

*  Fauna  littoralis  NorvegisD,  Heft  2.  t  Oyersigt  af  Norges  Echinodermer,  pp.  58-62,  pi.  vi. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  49 

diameter,  the  still  unresorbed  remains  of  the  larva-body ;  and  there  is  yet  no  trace  of 
the  future  mouth-opening.  Upon  the  dorsal  surface,  and  surrounding  the  centre,  are 
five  large  tubercular  prominences  or  wart-like  knobs  of  the  body-skin,  which  Sars 
regarded  as  the  rudiments  of  the  perianal  paxillae ;  and  two  similar  bodies  occur  at  the 
margin  of  each  radius,  one  on  either  side  of  the  median  line,  double  the  size  of  those 
just  mentioned  and  oval  in  outline,  which  would  seem  to  be  primitive  paxillae,  or 
rather  the  skin-like  sheaths  in  which  these  are  ultimately  formed.  No  opening  was 
to  be  found  on  the  centre  of  the  dorsal  surface,  nor  any  trace  of  the  calcareous  forma- 
tions of  the  future  Starfish. 

Distribution. 

a.  Northward  up  Smith  Sound :    Dobbin  Bay,  lat.  79°  40'  N.,  30  fms.  (Naress 
Exped.),  the  most  northern  locality  on  record. 

In  Davis  Strait :  lat.  67°  50'  N.,  long.  55°  27'  W.,  20  fms.  (<  Valorous  '  Exped.). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :    Grand  Manan  (Stimpson) ;    Bay  of  Fundy, 
35  fms.,  shelly  bottom  (Verrill). 

c.  North  of  European  Continent :   Spitzbergen  (LutJcen) ;  Finmark  (Sars) ;  Har- 
danger  Fjord  in  Norway,  the  southern  limit  known  to  Sars. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  III. 

Fig.  13.  Abactinal  aspect  of  the  animal :  natural  size. 

14.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen  :  natural  size. 

15.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect :  magnified. 

16.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :   magnified. 


CTENODISCUS  COKNICULATUS  (Linck),  Perrier.     Plate  III,  Figs.  17-20. 

1733.  Astropecten  corniculatus,  Linck,  De  Stellis  marinis,  p.  27,  tab.  xxxvi.  no.  63. 

1805.  Asterias  crispata,  Retzius,  Dissert,  sist.  species  cognitas  Asteriarum,  p.  17. 

1821.  Asterias  polaris,  Sabine,  Parry's  Journ.  of  a  Voyage  for  the  Discovery  of  a  N.W.  Passage  &c.  in 

1819-20,  Append,  p.  ccxxiii,  pi.  i.  figs.  2,  3. 

1834.  Asterias  aurmiciaea,  Dewhurst,  Nat.  Hist,  of  the  Order  Cetacea,  p.  283. 

1840.  Astropecten  polaris,  Gray,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  vi.  p.  180. 

1842.  Ctenodiscus  polaris,  Miiller  &  Troschel,  System  der  Asteriden,  pp.  76  et  129. 

1842.  Ctenodiscus  pygmceus,  id.  ibid.  p.  76. 

1844.  Ctenodiscus  crispatus,  Dtiben  &  Koren,  K.  Vet.-Akad.  Hand!.  1844,  p.  253. 

1852.  Ctenodiscus  polaris,  Forbes,  Sutherland's  Journ.  of  a  Voyage,  vol.  ii.,  Append,  p.  ccxiv. 

1853.  Ctenodiscus  crispatus,  Stimpson,  Syn.  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  15. 

1857.  Ctenodiscus  crispatus,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  45. 

1861.  Ctenodiscus  crispatus,  Sars,  Oversigt  af  Norges  Echinodermer,  p.  26. 

1862.  Ctenodiscus  crispatus,  Dujardin  &  Hupe,  Hist.  Nat.  Xooph.  £chinodennes,  p.  431. 
1866.  Astropecten  polaris,  Gray,  Synop.  Spec.  Starf.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  3. 

1866.   Ctenodiscus  crispatus,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  pp.  345  and  356. 
1809.  Anodiscus  (=  Ctenodiscus}   rispatus,  Perrier,  Eech.  sur  les  Pedicell.  et  les  Ambul.  p.  106. 

H 


50  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

1875.  Ctenodisciis  corniculatus,  Perrier,   Stellerides  du  Museum,  p.  380;  Arch,  de  Zool.  oxp.  et  gen. 

p.  300. 
1879.  Ctenodiscus  corniculatus,  Viguier,  Squelette  des  Stell.,  Arch,  de  Zool.  exp.  et  gen.  t.  vii.  p.  226. 

Body  depressed  and  goniodiscoid  in  outline ;  radii  five  in  number,  with  the  arm- 
angles  well  rounded ;  proportion  of  greater  to  lesser  diameter  2 : 1.  The  calcareous 
elements  of  the  abactinal  surface  form  a  compact  network,  similar  to  Astropecten,  in 
which  the  interspaces  are  but  very  small.  A  great  number  of  small  closely-placed 
paxillas  are  borne  upon  this  framework,  each  carrying  5-10  round,  blunt  spinelets,  the 
whole  so  densely  crowded  together  that  the  spinelets  are  normally  directed  upward 
from  the  pedicle.  The  abactinal  surface  is  frequently  puffed  up  and  more  or  less 
convex  in  profile  (owing  probably  to  the  quantity  of  sand  or  clay  with  which  this  Star- 
fish fills  its  stomach) ;  whilst  a  small  peak-like  protuberance  rises  from  the  centre, 
around  which  the  paxilla?  rapidly  diminish  in  size.  The  sides  of  the  disk  are  perpen- 
dicular, and  formed  of  two  series  of  marginal  plates — one  ventral,  the  other  dorsal.  Each 
dorsal  plate  is  ankylosed  to  a  corresponding  ventral  plate — the  pair  thus  formed  being 
separated  from  the  neighbouring  pair  on  either  hand  by  a  deep  furrow,  which  follows  the 
lateral  suture  of  the  plates,  the  margins  being  fringed  with  a  series  of  fine,  compressed, 
cilia-like  spinelets,  which  arch  over  the  furrow.  Each  of  the  dorso-lateral  plates  bears 
a  small  compressed,  but  pointed,  spinelet,  which  stands  erect  on  its  upper  margin ;  and 
the  lower  or  ventro-lateral  series  likewise  carry  a  similar  spinelet,  which  is  placed  near 
the  junction  of  the  ventral  and  dorsal  plates,  and  projects  at  right  angles  to  the  side 
walls  of  the  test.  The  last  or  terminal  dorso-lateral  plates  of  each  side  of  a  ray  are 
ankylosed  together,  and  form  a  large  arched  or  tubercular  plate,  indented  on  its  outer 
margin,  and  bearing  three  more  or  less  prominent  tubercles — the  rudiments  of  dorso- 
marginal  spines.  The  furrows  between  the  marginal  plates  are  continued  onto  the 
actinal  surface  of  the  animal  and  extend  to  the  ambulacral  furrow,  cutting  up  the 
ventral  interradial  areas  into  band-like  spaces,  each  of  which  is  tessellated  with  irregular, 
subquadrate,  scale-like  plates  that  imbricate  upon  one  another,  and  form  normally,  in 
large  adult  examples,  a  double  alternating  series  behind  each  adambulacral  plate.  The 
innermost  band,  however,  of  each  area  comprises  two  adambulacral  plates ;  and  the 
trapezoid  tessellating  scales,  which  here  always  form  a  regular  double  alternating  series, 
are,  in  consequence,  twice  as  large  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  furrow  as  the  scales  in 
the  other  bands.  All  these  plates  bear  on  the  margin  that  opens  on  the  sutural  furrow 
a  series  of  papilla?  that  form  a  continuation  with  the  papillae  above-noted  on  the  sides 
of  the  lateral  plates,  from  which  they  differ  only  in  being  not  flattened,  nor  are  they  at 
the  same  time  so  regular  and  closely  placed.  The  adambulacral  plate  presents  a  wedge- 
shaped  projection  into  the  furrow,  and  carries  five  or  six  papillae,  three  only  of  which 
usually  stand  on  the  margin  of  the  ambulacral  furrow,  the  remaining  two  or  three 
(which  are  generally  much  smaller)  being  situated  on  the  aboral  margin  opening  on  the 
sutural  furrow  of  the  interbrachial  area ;  not  unfrequently,  however,  one  of  them  is  as 
large  as  the  ambulacral  spinelets,  and  is  placed  somewhat  inward  upon  the  plate,  away 
from  the  sutural  fringe  and  behind  the  ambulacral  series.  Towards  the  extremity  of 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  61 

the  ray  the  adambulacral  plates  stand  next  to  the  ventro-marginal  plates,  and  are  not 
separated  from  them  by  the  trapezoid  imbricating  scales  above  described. 

Each  pair  of  mouth-plates  forms  an  ovoid  mass,  the  inner  or  apposed  margins  of 
the  plates  being  elevated  into  a  prominent  keel.,  The  innermost  pair  of  mouth-papillae 
are  very  large  and  thick,  and  taper  to  a  point — the  remainder,  from  7  to  9  in  number, 
being  considerably  smaller  and  arranged  round  the  free  margin  of  the  plate.  Along, 
or  near  to,  the  median  keel  of  the  mouth-plate  are  3-5  coarse  spinelets,  the  innermost 
being  large  and  thick,  and  are  much  less  pointed  than  the  marginal  series.  The 
madreporiform  body  is  frequently  not  more  than  its  own  diameter  distant  from  the 
margin,  and  is  generally  oval  in  outline  and  covered  with  elongate  striae  running  in 
the  direction  of  the  major  diameter. 

The  entire  body  and  all  its  appendages  are  covered  with  an  investing  leathery 
skin. 

Size. — Ordinary  specimens  are  about  30-40  millims.  in  diameter,  the  largest 
recorded  by  Sars,  from  Tromso,  being  65  millims. 

Colour. — The  colour  is  recorded  as  brown-red ;  specimens  preserved  in  spirit  are 
either  black,  greenish,  or  various  shades  of  drab. 

Habitat. — Ctenodiscus  corniculatus  is  found  in  mud  or  soft  clay  bottoms  at  very 
various  depths,  being  dredged  by  Sars,  at  Finmark,  in  40-200  fathoms  depth ;  and 
further  south,  at  Christiansund,  in  40-80  fms.  It  has  also  been  taken  in  25  fms.  at 
Arksut,  by  Barrett ;  and  at  Igaliko,  in  60  fms.,  by  Insp.  Moller  (Lutkeri). 

Premature  Form. — The  young  form  of  this  species  was  described  by  Miiller  and 
Troschel  under  the  name  of  Ct.  pgmceus.  Small  individuals,  of  about  half  an  inch  in 
diameter,  are  characterized  by  the  natter  test,  the  comparatively  greater  prominence  of 
the  latero-dorsal  spinelets,  and  the  three  large,  conspicuously-developed  spinelets  which 
are  present  on  the  terminal  plate  of  the  ray.  The  upper  margin  of  this  plate,  which 
lies  towards  the  centre  of  the  disk,  is  fringed  with  a  series  of  papilla?  similar  to  those 
on  the  sides  of  the  lateral  plates ;  and  these  papillae,  as  well  as  the  spinelets,  appear 
to  be  subject  to  a  greater  or  lesser  degree  of  obliteration  (or  resorption)  during  the 
progress  of  the  growth  of  the  Starfish ;  in  fact  in  old  specimens  the  spinelets  become 
reduced  to  mere  tubercles. 

According  to  Liitken,  the  apical  prominence  in  the  centre  of  the  disk  is  more  pro- 
minent and  characteristically  developed  in  young  forms  ;  but  in  the  specimens  which  we 
have  examined  (from  Novaya  Zemlya)  it  would  appear  to  be  quite  the  reverse,  for  we 
have  been  unable  to  detect  any  difference,  except  a  proportional  diminution  in  size, 
from  the  condition  presented  by  the  mature  animal.  The  adambulacral  plates  in  these 
specimens  bear  their  papillae  or  "  ambulacral  spines  "  on  the  furrow-margin,  with  one 
large  one  placed  thumb-like  behind  them  on  the  aboral  side, 

At  the  extremity  of  the  ray  there  are  only  two  of  the  ambulacral  spinelets ;  and 
the  thumb-like  spinelet  is  larger  than  either  of  them,  and  is  persistently  present  on  every 
plate.  The  mouth-plates  are  small  and  simple,  having  only  three  or  four  mouth- 
papillae  on  the  margin  of  each  plate,  and  two  only  on  the  median  ridge  (or  at  most 
three),  the  innermost  of  these  being  very  large  and  prominent,  and  standing  perpen- 


52  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

dicular  to  the  plane  of  the  plate,  midway  between  the  extremities.  When  the  young 
Starfish  is  examined  under  the  microscope  from  above,  it  will  be  seen  that  in  the  lateral 
sutural  furrows,  which  open  on  the  dorsal  surface,  there  are,  in  addition  to  the  marginal 
fringe  of  compressed  spinelets,  an  inner  series  of  fine,  pointed,  cilia-like  spinelets,  at 
least  at  the  upper  portion. 

In  the  early  stages  of  this  species,  the  lower  or  ventral  series  of  lateral  plates  lies 
much  more  upon  the  actinal  or  ventral  surface  of  the  Starfish  than  it  generally  does 
in  the  fully  grown  form.  In  the  examples  above  mentioned  the  row  of  single  or 
true  lateral  spinelets,  borne  by  the  ventro-lateral  plates,  stands  almost  at  the  angle 
formed  by  the  vertical  side  of  the  test  and  the  actinal  surface,  the  plates  themselves 
arching  sharply  under,  onto  the  actinal  surface.  The  spinelets  also  seem  to  occupy  a 
position  relatively  nearer  to  the  centre  of  the  plate  than  at  a  later  stage.  In  large 
specimens  no  portion  of  the  lateral  plates  curve  onto  the  ventral  area,  and  the  spinelets 
are  situated  much  nearer  to  the  upper  extremity  of  their  respective  plates. 

Variations. — Dr.  Liitken  records  examples  from  a  station  off  Norway,  which  pro- 
bably lies  near  the  southern  limit  of  the  area  of  distribution,  that  differ  strikingly  from 
the  normal  short-armed  form  by  their  longer  and  more  pointed  rays,  whereby  the 
contour  approaches  that  of  Archaster  Parelii;  but  in  other  respects  no  differences  were 
noticed.  We  have  observed  a  similar  variation  in  the  radial  proportions  amongst  a 
series  of  specimens  from  Barents  Sea,  but  not  developed  to  such  a  marked  degree  as  in 
those  examined  by  our  learned  contemporary.  The  relative  proportions  of  the  greater 
to  the  lesser  radius  in  two  specimens  are  respectively  17  millims.  to  9'75  millims. 
in  the  one,  and  17  millims.  to  7  millims.  in  the  other;  two  smaller  examples 
measured  similarly  10  millims.  to  6  millims.,  and  10  millims.  to  5  millims. — the 
difference  in  character  presented  by  the  wide  and  gentle  curve  of  the  arm-angle 
of  the  one  in  comparison  to  the  more  acute  and  angular  outline  of  the  other  being 
much  more  striking  to  the  eye  than  the  figures  which  indicate  the  actual  proportions 
would  seem  to  imply.  From  the  occurrence  of  both  these  forms  together,  as  well  as 
•  the  identity  of  their  general  structure,  it  is,  perhaps,  not  improbable  that  we  have  here 
nothing  more  than  a  sexual  character. 

Upon  the  whole,  this  species  would  seem  to  be  remarkably  constant.  After  a 
careful  study,  however,  of  specimens  from  Greenland,  Novaya  Zemlya,  and  North 
America,  we  are  inclined  to  believe  that  a  certain  amount  of  variation  does  occur 
(probably  of  locational  permanence)  in  the  features  of  the  ventro-lateral  plates  and  of  the 
ambulacral  spines,  after  the  manner  indicated  whilst  treating  of  the  phases  of  growth ; 
and  although  this  would  seem  rather  like  a  confusion  of  the  stages  characteristic  of 
growth  with  the  features  presented  by  circumstantial  variation,  the  evidence  has  been 
such  as  to  lead  to  the  inference  that  certain  characters  of  early  growth-phases  are, 
in  some  localities,  retained  until  a  much  later  period  of  growth, — perhaps  even 
becoming  a  permanency  through  life — a  state  of  things  which  is  perfectly  explicable  on 
the  not  improbable  assumption  that  the  exigencies  of  arctic  existence  have  acted  in 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  53 

retarding  the  progress  of  growth-characters  and  in  the  maintenance  of  the  youthful  or 
more  simple  form.     The  spinulation  of  the  paxillac  is  similarly  subject  to  variation. 

Distribution. 

a.  Greenland :    Hare  Island,  Waigat  Strait,  lat.  70°  30'  N.,  175  fms.  ('  Valorous ' 
Exped.). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent :  Melville  Island,  about  lat.  74°  47'  N.,  long. 
110°  48'  W.  (Parry's  Exped.) ;   Assistance  Bay,  7-15  fms.  (Penny's  Exped.) ;   New- 
foundland (Sars) ;  Bay  of  Fundy,  50-60  fms.  (Stimpson) ;  Maine. 

c.  North  of  European  Continent :   Spitzbergen  (LutJcen)  •   Barents  Sea,  lat.  76° 
58'  N.,  long.  45°  40'  E.,  110  fms.  ('  Willem  Barents  '  Exped.),  the  most  northern  locality 
on  record  ;  Finmark ;  Scandinavian  coast. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  III. 

Fig.  17.  Abactinal  aspect  of  the  animal:  natural  size. 

18.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen  :  natural  size. 

19.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect :  magnified. 

20.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :  magnified. 


54  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 


OPHIUROIDEA. 

THE  Ophiuroidea  collected  in  Smith's  Sound,  in  Discovery  Bay,  near  Cape  Frazer, 
Hayes  Point,  and  Franklin-Pierce  Bay,  and  in  some  other  localities  in  those  high  lati- 
tudes, were  numerous  in  individuals,  but  the  number  of  genera  and  species  was  restricted. 
Some  specimens  were  collected  in  Baffin's  Bay,  but  so  far  to  the  south  (lat.  65°  N.)  that 
their  consideration  hardly  comes  within  the  scope  of  this  monograph ;  they  will, 
however,  be  noticed  briefly. 

All  the  Ophiuroidea  of  Smith's  Sound  and  to  the  north  belong,  with  one  exception, 
to  well-known  genera  and  species ;  and  it  is  interesting  that  a  comparatively  new  genus 
should  be  represented  by  a  well-marked  species  and  large  individuals. 

List  of  the  Species. 

1.  Ophiopleura  arctica,  Duncan.     Discovery  Bay,  25  fathoms. 

2.  Ophioglypha  Sarsii,  Liitken.      Floeberg  Beach,   10  fathoms ;    Discovery  Bay, 

25  fathoms;  Hayes  Point,  35  fathoms. 

3.  Ophioglypha  robusta,  Ayres.     Discovery  Bay,   25   fathoms ;    Richardson  Bay, 

70  fathoms;  Hayes  Point,  35  fathoms;  Franklin-Pierce  Bay,  15  fathoms. 

4.  Ophiocten  sericeum,  Forbes.     The  same,  with  the  omission  of  Richardson  Bay. 

5.  Amphiura  Holbolli,  Liitken.     Franklin-Pierce  Bay,  15  fathoms. 

6.  Ophiacantha  spimdosa,  Miiller  &  Troschel.      Discovery  Bay,  25  fathoms  ;  Cape 

Frazer,  80  fathoms ;  Franklin-Pierce  Bay,  15  fathoms. 

7.  Astrophyton  Agassizii,  Stimpson.     Latitude  78°  19'  N. ;  depth  600  fathoms. 

Species  found  to  the  South. 

8.  Ophioglypha  Stuwitzii,  Liitken.     Latitude  65°  N.,  26  miles  off  the  coast  of 

Greenland ;  depth  60  fathoms. 

9.  Ophiopholis  bellis,  Linck.     In  the  same  place. 

The  temperature  of  the  water  whence  the  six  species  from  the  higher  latitudes 
were  dredged  was  29°-5  Fahr. 

Genus  OPHIOPLEURA,  Danielssen  &  Koren. 

LiltJcenia,  Duncan. 

This  genus  was  determined  by  MM.  Danielssen  and  Koren  in  1867,  and  the 
diagnosis  was  published  in  the  '  Nyt  Magazin  for  Naturvidenskaberne,'  Christiania. 
The  specimens  were  obtained  in  the  Norske  Nordhavsexpedition,  whose  Echinodermata 
were  placed  in  the  hands  of  those  distinguished  naturalists.  Before  this  description 
came  to  hand,  the  genus  Lutkenia  had  been  described,  in  order  to  include  a  species 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  55 

founded  on  two  fine  specimens,  in  August  1878  *.  But  it  became  evident,  on  the  recep- 
tion of  Danielssen  and  Keren's  communication,  that  they  had  forestalled  the  genus 
Lutkenia,  which  is,  of  course,  a  useless  synonym  of  Oplriopleura. 

The  following  is  the  generic  diagnosis  of  Ophiopleura : — 

"The  skin  of  the  disk  is  hard,  naked,  smooth,  and  covers  a  rich  plating  of  scales. 
The  arms  are  in  like  manner  overlaid  with  a  smooth,  thin  skin,  which  extends  up  on  the 
side  spines  and  lets  the  arm-plates  appear.  The  back  of  the  disk  has  ten  elevated  ribs. 
Mouth-papillae  occupy  both  sides  of  the  mouth-slits,  and  are  flat,  with  rounded, 
smooth  margins.  The  teeth  form  irregular  rows,  are  compressed,  and  have  a  broad 
basis.  Foot-papillae.  Two  genital  clefts  in  each  interbrachial  space." 

The  diagnosis  published  in  the  '  Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History,'  August 
1878,  page  188,  under  the  title  of  Liitkenia,  is  as  follows: — 

"  Disk  notched,  covered  with  very  small  scales.  Radial  shields  small,  widely 
separate.  Mouth-papillae  numerous.  Tooth-papillse.  Teeth  resembling  tooth-papilla; 
in  double  series,  with  accessory  knobs.  Generative  slits  small,  midway  between 
mouth-shields  and  margin.  Accessory  scales  to  tentacular  openings ;  tentacle-scales 
numerous ;  on  mid  arm  two.  Spines  small,  distant,  irregular.  Lower  arm-plates  very 
broad  and  short  within  the  disk,  and  small  and  triangular  without.  Side  arm-plates 
meeting  below  throughout,  but  not  above.  Upper  arm-plates  broad  and  keeled  near 
the  disk." 


OPHIOPLEURA  ARCTICA,  Duncan^.     Plate  IV,  Figs.  1-2 c. 

The  disk  is  large,  subcircular  in  outline,  tumid  above  and  at  the  sides,  flat  below, 
and  is  notched  over  the  arms  (1-j^  inch  in  diameter). 

The  arms  are  twice  and  a  half  as  long  as  the  disk  is  broad,  come  well  within  it,  are 
very  broad  within  the  disk,  and  considerably  so  until  the  second  third  of  their  length. 
They  are  flat  beneath,  convex  and  almost  keeled  above  near  the  disk,  and  less  so  distally, 
tall  at  the  sides,  and  generally  triangular  in  outline.  The  arm-spines  are  very  small  and 
few  in  number.  The  colour  is  white  with  a  little  brown. 

The  upper  surface  of  the  disk  and  the  interbrachial  spaces,  to  the  aboral  edge  of 
the  mouth-shields,  and  except  the  naked  radial  shields,  have  a  stout  flaccid  derm,  covered 
with  excessively  minute  scales.  The  radial  shields  are  small,  pear-shaped,  narrow,  and 
angular  within,  where  they  slightly  overlap,  and  broad  and  curved  without,  with  a  free 
edge  there ;  they  are  very  distant,  and  bound  the  incision  for  the  arm  on  either  side 
(-!%  inch  long).  Many  small  scales,  some  elongate  and  others  extremely  small  and  oval, 
are  situated  between  the  radial  shields  and  the  arm.  There  are  no  radial  scales  with 
spines ;  and  the  generative  plates  are  hidden. 

The  mouth-shields  are  small  (-£$  inch  long),  about  as  broad  as  long,  somewhat 
pentagonal,  broadest  without,  angular  within,  the  aboral  edge  being  nearly  straight.  The 

*  '  Annals  &  Magazine  of  Natural  History,'  ser.  5,  vol.  ii.  p.  188.     P.  Martin  Duncan  on  "  Liltkenia." 
t  Ibid.  pp.  188  &  266. 


56  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

sides  of  the  shields  are  rather  straight  and  are  at  right  angles  to  the  aboral  margin  for 
some  space,  and  then  they  slope  inwards  to  the  oral  point.  An  accessory  plate  exists, 
in  some,  between  the  oral  angle  of  the  mouth-shield  and  the  side  mouth-shields.  The 
madreporic  plate  is  cribriform. 

The  side  mouth-shields  are  rather  large,  do  not  unite  closely  within,  are  long  and 
rectangular,  being  widest  at  the  side  angle  of  the  mouth-shield,  where  they  are  more  or 
less  pointed,  curved,  and  rounded  off. 

The  generative  slits  are  short  and  linear ;  the  edges  are  close  together,  and  have  on 
them  small,  flat,  rounded  spinules,  sixteen  or  more  on  each ;  they  are  distant  from  the 
mouth-shields  and  from  the  margin  of  the  disk ;  and  a  series  of  fine  scales  passes  out- 
wards from  their  distal  end,  by  the  side  of  the  arm,  to  the  margin.  Other  minute  scales 
are  in  a  patch  on  the  oral  side  of  the  slits. 

The  jaws  are  rather  long,  stout,  tumid  and  bossed,  and  form  rather  a  sharp  angle  ; 
and  the  lower  edge  of  the  jaw-plate  is  broad  and  stout ;  the  angular  spaces  are  wide  and 
large  ;  and  the  tentacles  are  very  well  developed. 

There  are  mouth-papilla?  and  tooth-papillae  ;  and  the  teeth  are  in  a  double  vertical 
series  with  some  accessory  knobs,  so  that  they  resemble  large  tooth-papillae. 

The  mouth-papillae  are  numerous,  fourteen  or  fifteen  to  each  angle,  small,  much 
joined  together  at  their  bases,  irregular  in  size,  shape,  and  number,  short,  and  never  very 
broad.  At  the  apex  of  the  angle,  Avithin  the  distinct  jaw-plate,  there  are  three  principal, 
and  one  or  more  smaller,  lowest  tooth-papilla;.  No  satisfactory  distinction,  except  that 
of  position,  can  be  made  between  these  tooth-papillae  and  mouth-papillae.  Above  the 
three  or  more  lowest  tooth-papilla;,  the  others  are  in  a  crowded  vertical  series.  They  are 
most  numerous  and  small  on  either  side ;  and  there  are  six  or  seven  pairs  of  large,  long, 
pointed  and  irregular-shaped  ones  in  the  midst,  and  reaching  up  the  jaw-plate  to  its  upper 
end,  occupying  the  position  of  the  teeth.  The  side  of  the  jaws,  close  to  the  jaw-plate, 
is  occasionally  covered  with  small  and  close  papillae ;  and  there  is  a  small  accessory 
papilla  close  to  and  at  the  side  of  the  uppermost  large  ones.  The  upper  part  of 
the  jaw  beneath  the  stomach  is  stout  and  tumid,  and  the  jaw-plate  is  large  and  well 
developed. 

There  are  two  rounded  knobs  on  the  side  of  the  jaw,  above  the  attachment  of  the 
mouth-papillae,  which  are  in  relation  with  the  upper  tentacle ;  and  the  lower  tentacle 
of  the  angle  has  five  or  six  short  unequal-sized  tentacle-scales,  forming,  with  several 
accessory  scales,  an  obliquely  placed  curved  wedge-shaped  mass  within  the  first  lower 
arm-plate  and  on  either  side  of  its  oral  margin. 

The  lower  arm-plates,  there  being  six  or  seven  within  the  disk,  are  mostly  very  broad 
and  very  short;  further  out  they  are  small  and  triangular,  with  an  aboral  projection. 
They  form  but  a  small  portion  of  the  lower  surface  of  the  arm.  The  side  arm-plates 
meet  below,  from  the  first  to  the  last,  giving  a  broad  and  comparatively  flat  under 
surface. 

The  first  lower  arm-plate  is  unlike  the  others  in  shape,  and  it  is  elliptical  in 
outline  and  much  broader  than  long ;  the  second,  longer  and  very  much  broader  than 
the  first,  is  somewhat  rectangular ;  its  sides  are  slightly  incurved ;  and  there  is  a 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  57 

central  angular  process  on  the  distal  and  proximal  edges,  from  which  there  is  a  reen- 
tering  curve  on  either  side  to  the  lateral  angles  of  the  sides  of  the  plate. 

The  third  lower  arm-plate  is  very  broad,  extending  across  the  arm ;  it  is  short,  the 
relation  of  length  to  breadth  being  one  to  three  ;  the  sides  are  incurved  for  the 
tentacle,  and  are  slightly  convex  towards  their  distal  angle.  There  is  an  angular 
process  or  cusp  on  the  broad  oral  margin,  and  a  smaller  one  on  the  aboral ;  and  there 
is  a  reentering  curve  on  both  sides  of  the  processes,  giving  a  very  elegant  outline. 
The  fourth  lower  arm-plate  is  as  broad  as  the  third  ;  but  it  is  shorter,  and  the  proximal 
angular  process  is  more  decided  than  that  on  the  distal  edge.  The  next  plate  has  the 
general  shape,  but  is  shorter,  and  the  proximal  angle  is  more  pronounced.  From  this 
plate  to  the  end  of  the  arm  the  others  narrow  more  and  more,  become  angular  at  the 
sides  and  more  or  less  triangular  as  a  whole,  and  are  broader  without  than  within. 
There  is  a  projection  in  the  median  line  on  the  aboral  margin,  and  a  reentering  curve  on 
either  side  to  the  lateral  angles  ;  and  the  proximal  angular  process  has  faintly  reentering 
curves  on  either  side  of  it.  Far  out  and  towards  the  tip  of  the  arm,  the  lower  plates 
become  more  quadrangular  or  diamond-shaped ;  they  are  small,  broader  than  long ;  and 
there  is  an  angular  process  without  and  within.  At  the  tip  the  minute  lower  arm-plates 
have  the  distal  edge  curved,  and  they  are  angular  orally. 

The  first  lower  arm-plate  is  separated  from  the  side  mouth-shields  by  several  scales 
or  plates,  which  are  continuous  with  the  base  of  the  tentacle-scales  already  mentioned 
as  being  within  and  at  the  sides  of  the  plate. 

The  second  lower  arm-plate  has  two  or  three  small  tentacle-scales  on  it.  In 
some  arms  they  are  fused  into  one ;  or  there  may  be  several  minute  accessory  scales 
present. 

The  third  plate  has  the  same  number  and  accessory  arrangement ;  and  they  are 
seen,  more  or  less  modified,  in  the  fourth  and  fifth.  The  other  lower  arm-plates  have 
no  tentacle-scales. 

The  side  arm-plates  form  much  of  the  lower  surface  of  the  arms,  and  also  the 
greater  part  of  the  sides  in  mid  arm  and  towards  the  tip.  All  unite  with  their  fellows 
along  the  median  line  below ;  and  all  are  convex  from  side  to  side.  The  first,  just 
touching  its  fellow  in  the  median  line,  is  oval  in  outline,  broader  than  long;  it  supports 
five,  short,  close  tentacle-scales  on  a  curved  base ;  and  the  tentacular  opening  is  large 
and  circular,  having  a  rim  of  membrane.  The  second  is  broader  than  the  first, 
touches  its  fellow,  and  has  four  tentacle-scales,  and  sometimes  a  fifth  or  a  small 
accessory  one. 

The  third  side  arm-plate,  still  broader  than  long,  and  not  much  longer  than  the 
second,  touches  its  fellow  by  a  longitudinal  short  and  straight  line.  The  margin  without 
is  curved  boldly,  and  within  very  slightly.  Like  the  others  it  is  flat  below  ;  and  it  has 
three  tentacle-scales,  the  outer  one  being  subspiniform.  The  fourth,  still  broader,  is 
not  longer ;  and  its  outer  end  is  large  and  supports  three  tentacle-scales,  one  of  which  is 
sometimes  wanting.  The  fifth  plate  the  broadest,  is  short,  and  is  narrow  towards  the 
median  line,  where  it  has  two  small  tentacle-scales  close  together ;  and  there  is  a  spinule 
external  to  them,  and  sometimes  a  second. 

I 


58  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

Between  the  tentacle-scales  of  these  first  five  or  six  tentacles  and  the  generative  slit, 
there  are  occasionally  one  or  two  spinules. 

Towards  the  mid  arm,  the  side  arm-plates  are  tumid  at  the  sides,  nearly  flat  below, 
broader  than  long,  and  shortest  where  they  are  joined  longitudinally.  They  have  a 
sharp  bend  to  reach  the  side  of  the  arm,  and  terminate  above  in  an  angular  edge  by 
joining  the  outer  edges  of  two  upper  arm-plates.  Their  distal  margin,  at  the  side  of  the 
arm,  is  thick,  and  supports  two  very  small,  distant,  irregular,  sharp,  short  spines  and 
two  tentacle-scales,  the  inner  of  which  is  small  and  scale-like ;  and  the  outer  is  usually, 
but  not  invariably,  a  minute  spine  longer  than  the  scale  and  the  other  spines.  Some- 
times the  two  tentacle-scales  are  equal ;  and  further  out  the  largest  spine  becomes 
independent  of  the  tentacle.  There  are  often  no  spines,  while  some  plates  have  several 
very  minute  ones.  All  are  very  ill-developed  and  small. 

The  side  arm-plates  form  the  bulk  of  the  tip  of  the  arm  ;  but,  although  convex  at 
the  sides  and  swollen  above,  they  do  not  separate  the  small  and  somewhat  elongated 
hexagonal  upper  arm-plates  there. 

The  upper  arm-plates,  within  the  notch  in  the  disk,  are  four  in  number,  and  are 
broad,  short,  and  curved  to  form  a  convex  roof-like  surface.  Until  far  out  on  the  arm, 
all  are  much  broader  than  long,  and  have  slanting  straight  sides  and  very  faintly  curved 
distal  and  proximal  margins ;  the  plates  are  convex  and  angular  longitudinally,  and  they 
form  the  upper  and  much  of  the  side  arm.  A  little  beyond  the  mid  arm,  the  upper  arm- 
plates  are  smaller,  not  much  broader  than  long,  broadest  without,  where  they  are  curved  ; 
and  further  out  they  are  longer  than  broad,  narrow  proximally,  with  sides  reenteringly 
curved  and  the  distal  margin  boldly  curved  without.  Towards  the  tip  the  elongated 
hexagonal  form  is  assumed,  the  distal  edge,  however,  being  curved  irregularly. 

Remarks. — Two  specimens  of  this  fine  Ophiuroid  were  collected  by  Mr.  Hart :  one 
is  in  spirit,  and  the  other  is  dry,  in  the  British  Museum ;  and  they  both  have  the  same 
anatomical  details. 

The  minutely  scaled  disk,  the  widely  separated  radial  shields  and  their  free  aboral 
edge,  the  position  and  ornamentation  of  the  generative  slit,  the  presence  of  mouth-  and 
tooth-papilla?,  the  absence  of  true  teeth  in  the  ordinary  sense,  the  papillose  nature  of 
the  jaws,  the  accessory  scales  to  the  tentacular  openings,  the  shape  of  the  lower  arm- 
plates,  the  numerous  tentacle-scales  and  few  spines  on  the  side  arm-plates,  and  the 
angular  roof-shaped  upper  arm-plates,  whilst  they  partly  suggest  Amphiuran  and  Ophio- 
glyphan  affinities  as  a  whole,  are  very  characteristic.  The  absence  of  spined  generative 
and  radial  scales,  and  the  presence  of  tooth-papillae,  separate  the  new  forms  from  Ophio- 
glypha ;  and  the  nature  of  the  dental  apparatus  and  tentacle-scales  prevents  their  being 
placed  in  any  hitherto  known  arctic  genus,  except  OpMopleura. 

The  specimens  were  dredged  in  Discovery  Bay  at  a  depth  of  25  fathoms,  the 
temperature  being  29°'5.  The  species  has  since  been  found  in  high  latitudes  on  the 
eastern  side  of  Greenland. 

OpMopleura  borealis,  Danielssen  &  Koren,  was  not  found  very  far  north,  and  only 
in  latitude  63°  5'  N.,  and  to  the  east  of  Greenland  ;  but  the  specimens  were  from 
considerable  depths,  510  to  570  fathoms,  and  the  bottom  temperature  was  above 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  59 

freezing-point,  10>3  Centigrade.  It  is  distinguished  from  Ophiopleura  arctwa  by  the 
presence  of  10  very  definite  rib-like  elevations  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  disk,  and  by 
its  large  disk-scaling,  and  general  greater  robustness  and  dimensions  of  the  whole  body. 
The  species  Ophiopleura  arctica  has  a  more  pentagonal  outline ;  the  upper  arm-plates 
are  more  convex  and  medianly  more  pointed ;  and  in  shape  the  second  and  third 
lower  arm-plates  differ  entirely  from  those  of  Ophiopleura  borealis.  The  other  lower 
arm-plates  of  this  last  species  have  the  breadth,  but  the  few  within  the  disk  have  not  the 
aboral  point  of  the  arctic  form.  The  jaws  differ  in  shape :  the  accessory  pieces  are 
not  seen  in  Ophiopleura  borealis.  And  its  tentacle-scales  are  differently  arranged  and 
are  more  numerous  in  mid  arm  than  in  Ophiopleura  arctica.  The  arctic  forms  have 
round  tentacle-spaces,  and  the  others  have  them  elongate,  at  the  root  of  the  arms. 
The  mass  of  tentacle-scales  and  accessory  pieces  at  their  base,  in  relation  to  the 
tentacle  at  the  side  of  the  first  lower  arm-plate,  are  very  strongly  marked  in  the  form 
from  Smith's  Sound,  but  not  so  in  that  described  from  the  sea  to  the  east  of  Greenland. 
Both  are  very  fine  forms  and  large ;  and  the  slight  increase  of  dimensions  in  the  boreal 
type  is  not  sufficient  to  explain  the  structural  differences. 

In  estimating  the  importance  of  the  remarkable  condition  of  the  true  teeth  in 
Ophiopleura  arctica  it  is  necessary  to  remember  the  great  variations  of  the  teeth  of 
such  a  form  as  Ophioglypha  texturata,  Lamarck,  sp.  Hardly  any  specimens  of  this 
species  can  be  found  with  entire  teeth,  so  constantly  are  they  divided  and  conical. 
The  same  remark  holds  good  for  Ophioglypha  Sarsii,  Liitken,  sp. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  IV. 

Fig.  1.  The  upper  part  of  the  disk  and  arms :  natural  size. 
2.  The  under  surface  of  the  disk :  magnified. 
2  a.  The  teeth,  on  the  jaw-plate,  oblique  view  :  magnified. 
2  b.  The  teeth  from  above :  magnified. 
2  c.  The  teeth  approaching :  magnified. 


Genus  OPHIOGLYPHA,  Lyman. 

OpliioglypTia,  Lyman,  Proc.  Boat.  Soc.  N.  H.  vii.  1860. 
Ophiura,  Forbes. 

Disk  covered  with  unequal,  crowded,  naked,  more  or  less  distorted  scales,  some  of 
which  are  swollen.  Radial  shields  naked  and  swollen.  Teeth :  no  tooth-papillae. 
Mouth-papilla?  long  within,  but  small  and  short  near  the  outer  edge  of  the  mouth- 
tentacles.  Arm-spines  few,  arranged  along  the  outer  edge  of  the  side  arm-plates. 
Tentacle-scales  numerous ;  the  innermost  pair  of  tentacle-pores  shaped  like  slits, 
surrounded  by  numerous  scales,  and  opening  diagonally  into  the  mouth-slits.  Side 
arm-plates  meeting  nearly  or  quite  below,  but  not  above.  A  notch  edged  with 
papillse  over  the  arm  in  the  disk.  The  genital  slits  starting  from  the  mouth-shields. 

l2 


60  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

OPUIOGLYPHA  SAKSII,  LutJeen,  sp.    Plate  IV,  Figs.  3,  4. 

Ophioglypha  Sarsii,  Liitken,  Videnskabeligo  Meddelelser  fra  den  Naturhistoriske  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn, 
November  1854. 

An  Ophioglyplia  with  mouth-shields  shield-shaped,  longer  than  broad ;  length  less 
than,  or  only  equal  to,  their  distance  from  the  margin  of  the  disk.  Papillae  of  the 
disk-incision  about  fifteen  and  rather  broad.  Under  arm-plates  widely  separate,  of  a 
very  broad,  short  triangle-shape.  Two  tentacle-scales.  No  infrabrachial  indentations. 
Spines  rather  long,  equal  in  length  to  the  side  arm-plates. 

This  is  the  most  northerly  Echinoderm  brought  home  by  the  Expedition,  a  fine 
specimen,  with  a  disk-diameter  of  26  millims.,  having  been  taken  by  Capt.  Feilden  at 
the  winter-quarters  of  H.M.S.  'Alert,'  in  N.  lat.  82°  27',  in  10  fathoms.  Other 
examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  Discovery  Bay  in  25  fathoms,  and  among 
them  one  which  is  provided  with  remarkably  long  arm-spines,  being  in  relative 
proportion  fully  twice  the  length  of  the  spines  generally  occurring  in  Ophioglypha 
Sarsii.  In  this  individual  the  three  spines  of  the  sixth  joint  measure  respectively 
2'45  millims.,  2-25  millims.,  1'4  millim.,  the  under  arm-plate  being  0-7  millim.  long, 
the  arm-joint  1  millim.,  and  the  disk-diameter  15  millims.  The  remaining  features  of 
the  specimen  agree  too  closely  with  the  characters  of  Ophioglypha  Sarsii  (Liitken,  sp.), 
in  our  opinion,  to  warrant  its  removal  from  that  species,  even  as  a  provisional  variety. 
Specimens  were  also  found  oft'  Hayes  Point. 

In  some  cases  great  irregularity  is  exhibited  in  the  mouth-papillae,  one  abnormal 
example  being  particularly  worthy  of  notice.  In  the  Ophioglyphce  the  innermost 
mouth-papilla  generally  stands  immediately  under  the  teeth,  and  might  be  easily 
mistaken  for  a  tooth,  being,  in  fact,  affixed  to  the  tooth-plate  and  not  to  the  lateral 
plates.  In  0.  Sarsii,  as  well  as  in  other  members  of  the  genus,  two  additional 
papillae  are  generally  associated  with  it,  one  on  either  hand,  and  are  in  like  manner 
borne  by  the  ossicle  upon  which  the  teeth  are  placed. 

In  consequence  of  this  arrangement  it  has  long  seemed  probable  to  us  that  these 
subdental  papillae  should  be  regarded  as  tooth-papillae  (of  which  they  are  in  truth  the 
homologues)  rather  than  as  mouth-papillae  so-called,  along  with  which  they  are 
commonly  counted.  One  of  the  specimens  taken  in  Discovery  Bay  throws  considerable 
light  upon  this  question. 

In  this  individual  the  dental  armature  consists  of  four  teeth  regularly  superposed, 
following  upon  which,  and  occupying  the  same  breadth  as  a  tooth,  are  three  ossicles 
which  fit  to  one  another,  wedgewise,  with  sloping  sides.  Then  come  two  which  fit 
together  and  correspond  in  their  shape  with  the  irregularities  of  the  upper  and  under 
tier,  which  latter  consists  of  from  three  to  five  compact,  close-fitting  papillae  ;  and  these 
again  are  succeeded  by  three  or  four  (in  some  rays  five)  moderately  long,  round-tipped, 
smaller  papillae,  the  whole  forming  a  compact  mass  suggestive,  in  the  highest  degree, 
of  ordinary  tooth-papillae,  such  as  occur,  for  instance,  in  Ophiothrix ;  and  yet  in  every 
detail,  even  to  measurements,  the  specimen  conforms  to  the  diagnosis  of  Ophioglypha 
Sarsii.  This  individual  has  a  disk-diameter  of  22  millimetres. 

Bearing  in  mind  the  tendency  towards  vertical  reduplication  of  the  mouth- 
papillae  in  some  genera,  this  cannot  fail  to  be  regarded  as  suggestive  of  the  manner  in 


ABCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  61 

which  primitive  tooth-papillae  may  have  been  developed  ;  nor  is  such  an  assumption 
by  any  means  extravagant  when  the  great  irregularity  of  these  parts  amongst  Arctic 
forms  is  taken  into  consideration. 

The  specimen  of  Ophioglypha  Sarsii,  the  teeth  of  which  have  been  alluded  to  as 
being  abnormal,  is  dry  and  of  a  dirty  white  colour.  The  disk  has  a  pentagonal  outline 
above,  but  is  circular  below ;  the  notches  for  the  arms  in  the  upper  part  of  the  disk 
are  distinct ;  and  the  scaling  is  small.  There  is  a  small  circular  scale  centrally ;  and 
the  radial  shields  are  embedded,  as  it  were,  except  at  their  outer  extremity.  Several 
scales  separate  the  radial  shields,  some  being  larger  than  the  others.  The  radial  shields 
are  separated  aborally,  by  a  linear  groove,  from  distinct  radial  scales.  These  bear  the 
majority  of  the  flat,  broad,  closely-set  spinules,  which  are  continued  on  the  interbrachial 
space  below,  along  the  generative  slit,  and  finally  touch  the  sides  of  the  mouth-shield. 
A  corresponding  series  of  much  smaller,  adpressed  and  blunt  spinules  is  on  the  side 
arms  close  to  the  others ;  and  it  can  be  traced,  as  a  ragged  dentate  border,  to  the  generative 
slit,  close  to  the  arm  on  the  under  surface  of  the  disk.  Three  or  four  small  upper  arm- 
plates  exist  before  the  full-sized  fifth  is  seen ;  and  they  are  more  or  less  within  the 
notch ;  and  their  aboral  edges  are  very  faintly  incised.  Below,  the  mouth-shields  have 
the  usual  shape  of  those  of  the  species,  and  the  side  mouth-shields  are  small,  and  their 
outer  and  aboral  part  is  in  contact  with  the  generative  slit.  About  six  close,  short, 
blunt  scales  are  on  each,  and  are  opposed  to  a  smaller  number  of  slightly  larger 
tentacle-scales  on  the  arm ;  and  the  tentacular  opening  (the  1st  visible  but  the 
2nd  really)  is  long.  The  jaws  are  very  short,  stout,  and  lumpy  inferiorly ;  and  the  jaw- 
plate  is  small.  The  mouth-papilla?,  usually  so  symmetrical,  are  placed  obliquely,  are 
irregular;  and  the  usual  central  one  is  replaced  by  from  four  to  six  smaller  ones, 
which  have  been  noticed  before.  The  underpart  of  the  side  arm-plates  near  the 
disk  somewhat  resembles  that  of  Ophioglypha  lacertosa,  Forbes,  sp.,  being  almost 
perforated  where  the  oral  angle  of  the  under  arm-plate  nearly  or  quite  touches  the 
aboral  edge  of  its  predecessor.  Union  of  the  side  arm-plates  below,  occurs  at  about 
the  sixth  or  seventh.  The  three  arm-spines  are  small,  irregular  in  shape,  are  adpressed, 
rounded,  and  rather  flat ;  sometimes  a  fourth  is  seen ;  and  all  are  slightly  constricted 
above  their  origin.  Two  tentacle-scales  exist  to  the  end  of  the  arm ;  but  in  some 
joints  there  are  three,  or  even  four,  small  scales.  In  mid  arm  the  tentacle-scales  are 
on  the  side  arm-plates  only ;  one  is  short,  broad,  flat,  and  narrowed  at  its  origin,  and 
is  internal  to  the  other.  Each  either  resembles  a  small  conico-cylindrical  spine,  or  is 
more  like  the  first.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  the  disk  the  narrow  peduncled  and 
broad,  short,  blunted  tentacle-scales,  normally  two  on  the  side  arm-plate  over  the 
tentacular  opening,  have  a  third,  placed  flat  against  the  under  arm-plate,  from  which 
it  springs.  Nearer  the  oral  opening,  the  number  of  tentacular  processes  increases  as 
usual.  Where  only  one  tentacle-spine  exists,  it  is  broad,  and  appears  to  be  double  with 
a  common  base. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  IV. 

Fig.  3.  Ophioglypha  Sarsii,  Liitken,  the  top  :  natural  size. 

4.  Ophioglypha  Sarsii,  Liitken,  the  underpart  of  the  disk. 


62  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

OPHIOGLYPHA  ROBUSTA,  Ayres,  sp.    Plate  IV,  Figs.  5-7. 

Ophiolepis  robusta,  Ayres,  Proc.  Best.  Soc.  N.  H.  iv.  1851. 
Ofhlura  squamosa,  Liitken,  Vid.  Moddel.,  Nov.  1854. 

An  Ophioglypha  with  arms  very  finely  tapering,  and  disk  with  regularly  arranged 
scales  of  nearly  equal  size.  Mouth-shields  ovate  shield-shaped ;  length  less  than,  or 
at  most  only  equal  to,  their  breadth ;  length  much  less  than  the  distance  from  the 
margin  of  the  disk.  Papillae  of  the  disk-incision  very  short  and  stout,  often  grouped. 
Under  arm-plates  broadly  heart-shaped  ;  one  tentacle-scale. 

This  species  was  obtained  at  various  stations,  as  indicated  in  the  list  of  localities  ; 
and  though  neither  the  abundance  nor  the  size  of  the  specimens  was  remarkable, 
several  good  series  were  collected.  The  characters  which  have  been  regarded  as 
"  specific  "  are  remarkably  constant ;  and  no  essential  difference  can  be  traced  between 
these  Arctic  forms  and  specimens  taken  from  the  coast  of  Maine,  U.  S.,  with  which 
they  have  been  compared,  excepting  that  in  the  northern  Ophiurans  the  arm-spines  are 
longer  and  somewhat  more  delicate,  and  that  the  outer  margin  of  the  under  arm-plates 
is  more  arched,  and  the  reentering  angle  is  far  less  developed,  being  even  altogether 
untraceable  in  certain  specimens.  In  some  large  examples  the  upper  arm-plates  are 
very  markedly  hexagonal.  Although  this  deviation  is  very  constant,  the  foundation  of 
a  "  variety  "  on  the  strength  of  such  characters  alone,  is  hardly  justifiable. 

The  arm-spines  are  moderately  stout  and  tapering,  the  upper  one  being  flattened 
and  much  larger  than  the  others. 

In  most  of  the  specimens  under  present  consideration  the  under  arm-plates  are 
well  separated  from  one  another  by  the  side  arm-plates,  and  do  not  overlap,  although  in 
one  individual  from  Discovery  Bay  the  first  ten  impinge  distinctly,  in  consequence  of 
their  side  arm-plates  not  meeting.  This  feature  at  the  basal  portion  of  the  arm  has 
been  noted  by  Dr.  Liitken  as  occurring  in  large  specimens  from  Greenland,  whilst  he 
remarks  at  the  same  time  that  in  none  of  the  Danish  examples  examined  by  him  do 
the  under  arm-plates  touch. 

Coll.  Feilden. — Discovery  Bay,  25  fins.,  hard  bottom  ;  Eichardson  Bay,  70  fms. ; 
Hayes  Point,  35  fms.,  bottom  temperature  290-5,  and  also  at  25  fms. ;  Franklin-Pierce 
Bay,  15  fms.,  bottom  temperature  25°'5. 

Coll.  Hart. — "  Winter  quarters,"  Discovery  Bay ;  Franklin-Pierce  Bay,  13-15  fms., 
bottom  stony. 

The  largest  specimen  was  taken  by  Capt.  Feilden  in  Franklin-Pierce  Bay,  the 
diameter  of  the  disk  (dried)  being  10  millimetres. 

The  scaling  of  the  upper  part  of  the  disk  is  very  variable  in  its  pattern,  relative 
size,  and  colour.  In  one  specimen  the  usual  smaller  scaling  is  in  the  centre,  and  the 
larger  around ;  but  the  central  scale  is  almost  circular  in  outline,  and  is  surrounded 
by  smaller  ones,  some  of  which  are  triangular,  with  the  apex  broadly  rounded  and  the 
intermediate  one  rhombic.  This  produces  a  curious  rosette,  eminently  crinoidal  in 
its  configuration,  but  flat.  The  ornamentation  of  grains  of  calcareous  matter  on  these 
scales  is  very  beautiful ;  it  radiates  in  numbers  of  separate  and  close  lines  of  granules 
from  the  centre  of  the  central  scale  to  the  outside  of  the  bluntly  triangular  scales ;  and 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  63 

the  rhombic  scales  and  the  others  around  them,  which  are  not  very  definite  in  shape, 
have  their  ornamentation  radiating  from  their  own  centres. 

In  another  specimen  the  scaling  is  perfectly  irregular,  no  sign  of  a  rosette  appears, 
and  the  large  radial  shields  are  separated  by  several  small  scales  in  some  radii  and  not 
at  all  in  others,  when  one  large  overlapping  scale  is  placed  between,  or  rather  overlaps 
their  oral  and  diverging  median  line.  In  other  specimens  where  there  is  a  rosette  the 
oral  separation  of  the  radial  shields  is  by  three  large  plates,  one  being  flanked  by  others, 
or  by  two  plates,  one  large  and  one  small,  the  latter  being  aboral  to  the  other.  The 
ornamentation  is  not  so  much  by  grains  as  by  cells  which  are  not  yet  opaque  with 
carbonate  of  lime.  The  radial  shields  are  convex,  large,  and  are  broadly  convex  where 
more  or  less  free  aborally  ;  they  are  separated  aborally  by  small  upper  arm-plates,  in 
some  instances  two,  and  in  others  three  in  number.  The  shields,  thus  separated  aborally, 
and,  as  has  been  mentioned,  orally,  are  united  in  some  instances  along  a  very  short 
line.  With  regard  to  the  upper  arm-plates  within  the  notch,  the  first  is  often  more 
or  less  triangular  in  shape,  with  rounded  edges,  and  the  apex  is  oral ;  and  when  this 
shape  prevails,  this  plate  is  usually  larger  than  the  second,  which  is  broad,  short,  and 
sometimes  notched  distally.  The  third  is  larger,  and  shaped  more  or  less  like  the 
second. 

The  spinules,  which  are  stout,  distinct,  and  more  or  less  grouped  in  two  rows,  are 
not  often  more  than  six  or  eight  in  number.  They  are  beyond  the  radial  shields,  and 
appear  to  be  on  the  derm  between  them  and  the  upper  arm-plates.  It  is  evident  that 
in  some  specimens  there  is  a  spine,  or  even  two  (but  not  in  all  radii  of  one  specimen), 
on  either  side  of  the  first  and  second  arm-plates,  and  even  on  the  third.  This  distribu- 
tion of  a  few  well-developed,  short,  stout,  blunt  spines  is  very  characteristic.  In  some 
specimens,  and  in  the  largest,  the  first  upper  arm-plate  is  in  two  pieces. 

The  coloration  of  the  upper  part  of  the  disk  varies  from  a  perfect  white  to  a 
spotted  state,  with  indefinite  blue,  black,  and  white,  and  brown  and  white.  Blotches 
appear  on  the  centres  of  the  radial  shields  and  larger  plates,  so  that  the  whole  assumes 
a  maculated  appearance.  The  slate-blue  colour,  very  light  iu  its  intensity,  may  prevail 
so  much  on  the  disk  that  the  white  parts  come  out  very  decidedly ;  and  usually  that  is 
the  colour  of  the  third  row  of  the  rosette,  of  the  scales  external  to  the  radial  shields, 
and  of  some  scales  in  the  interbrachial  spaces  near  the  edge. 

The  upper  arm  is  banded  in  some  specimens  with  the  disk-colour  and  white ;  and 
usually  the  colour  is  lost  towards  the  termination  of  the  arms. 

The  upper  arm-plates  are  much  more  convex  in  their  distal  curve  in  some  specimens 
than  in  others ;  but  in  all  they  are  much  broader  than  long  near  the  disk,  and  in 
mid-arm  take  on  the  kite-shape  with  the  angle  oral  and  the  convex  curve  distal. 
Gradually  they  become  longer  than  broad ;  and  towards  the  end  of  the  arms  the  side 
arm-plates  meet  above. 

There  is  some  variation  in  the  shape  and  size  of  the  mouth-shields  ;  but  their  acute 
oral  angle  and  broad  aboral  part  are  invariable.  The  side  mouth-shields  are  small, 
narrow,  much  curved,  and  just  reach  to  the  end  of  the  generative  slit.  Owing  to  the 
angular  nature  of  the  proximal  part  of  the  mouth-shields,  the  side  mouth-shields,  with 


64  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

their  very  distinct  oral  reentering  curve,  produce  as  a  series  a  beautiful  festooning, 
the  well-developed  front  lower  arm-plate  entering  into  the  circle ;  for  the  side  mouth- 
shields  come  up  close  to  its  flanks. 

The  jaws  are  small,  short,  narrow,  and  gibbous  inferiorly,  and  are  fringed  with 
mouth-papillae,  one  of  which,  or  the  homologue  of  a  tooth-papilla,  is  large  and 
solitary.  This  is  larger  than  the  others,  is  often  spear-headed ;  and  there  are  usually 
three  smaller  ones  on  either  side  of  the  jaws.  As  a  rule,  all  these  mouth-papillse  vary 
much  in  size  and  shape,  and  project  obliquely  downwards.  The  true  teeth  are  angular 
and  broadly  spear-headed  in  outline ;  and  they  are  in  a  single  series  of  at  least  five. 

The  first  lower  arm-plate  is  either  unlike  the  others  in  shape  and  is  perfectly  or 
irregularly  elliptical,  being  broader  than  long  from  the  oral  to  the  aboral  edge,  or  it  is 
heart-shaped  and  broadest  distally  and  truncated  orally.  The  second  and  lower  arm- 
plates  are  triangular,  broad  distally,  where  there  is  a  bold  curve,  and  angular  orally, 
the  sides  sloping,  with  scarcely  any  reentering  curve  ;  the  length  and  breadth  are  about 
equal.  The  next  and  following  plates  retain  their  oral  angle  and  broad  distal  curve, 
which  is  sometimes  notched  in  the  median  line ;  but  the  sides  near  the  distal  corners 
are  at  first  parallel  and  form  a  space  for  the  tentacle,  and  then  they  slope  in  with  more 
or  less  of  a  reentering  curve  to  the  angle.  Far  out  they  become  smaller  and  smaller 
and  fan-shaped,  with  reentering  curves  on  the  sides,  and  often  have  a  slight  notch. 

The  side  arm-plates  unite  under  the  arm,  and  become  longer  and  longer  until  they 
occupy  most  of  the  under  surface.  After  the  fourth  or  fifth  tentacle-opening  there 
is  one  small  scale,  or,  rather,  conico-cylindrical  and  blunt  small  spine.  The  first 
visible  tentacle-opening  has  four,  and  rarely  five,  scales  on  either  side  of  it ;  the  next 
has  some  (three)  rudimentary  scales  on  the  lower  arm-plate,  and  one  larger  and  flat 
scale  on  the  side  arm-plate ;  under  the  next  lower  arm-plate  there  is  often  a  rudimentary 
scale,  besides  the  fully  developed  one  on  the  side  arm-plate. 

The  arm-spines,  three  in  number  on  mid  arm,  are  slender ;  and  the  upper  one  is 
the  longest.  There  is  a  row  of  blunt  and  distinct  small  spinules  (much  smaller  than 
those  in  relation  to  the  radial  shields)  on  one  side  of  the  generative  slit ;  but  they  are 
large  in  relation  to  those  of  other  species. 

Lyman,  after  noticing  that  Ophioglypha  robusta  differs  from  the  other  species  of 
the  genus  in  its  short,  broad  mouth-shields  and  finely  tapering  arms,  states  that  it  has 
been  found  even  in  the  high  latitude  of  Wellington  Channel.  He  quotes  A.  E. 
Verrill,  who  states  that  its  range  generally  is  from  low-water  mark  to  18  fathoms. 
Lyman's  description  of  the  typical  specimen  and  of  some  varieties  may  be  read  with 
great  advantage. 


Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  IV. 


Fig.  5.  The  species,  natural  size,  from  above. 

6.  The  under  surface  of  the  disk :  magnified 
7.  The  upper  surface  of  the  disk :  magnified. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  65 

Genus  OPHIOCTEN,  Lutken. 

OpUocten,  Lutken,  Vid.  Meddel.  1854. 

Disk  very  flat,  with  margin  forming  a  sharp  angle;  covered  with  imbricating 
scales  and  a  superficial  squamo-granular  layer,  through  which  only  portions  of  the 
radial  shields  and  primary  plates  are  visible.  No  disk-incisions,  the  disk  forming  a 
little  arch  over  the  base  of  the  arms.  A  row  of  papillae  edges  the  genital  slit,  and 
passes  over  the  arm  along  the  disk-margin,  continuous  with  the  series  from  the  other 
side.  The  mouth-shields  are  scutiform,  and  are  prolonged  into  the  interbrachial  space. 
The  first  group  of  tentacle-scales  pass  inwards,  close  to  the  angle  of  the  jaws.  Three 
arm-spines,  arranged  along  the  outer  edge  of  the  side  arm-plate,  the  two  upper  spines 
being  much  the  largest. 

OPHIOCTEN  SEBICEUM,  Forbes,  sp.     Plate  IV,  Figs.  8-10,  14.. 

Ophiocten  Kraeyeri,  Lutken,  Vid.  Meddel.  1854,  p.  8. 

Ophiura  sericea,  Forbes,  Sutherland's  Journ.  Voyage  Baffin's  Bay,  Appendix. 

A  typical  specimen  should  have  the  outline  of  the  disk,  seen  from  above,  perfectly 
circular,  without  arm-notches  and  without  straight  lines  to  the  margin  of  the  interradial 
areas.  The  disk  is  slightly  tumid  above ;  and  the  sharp  margin  merges  into  a  more 
largely  scaled  and  flatter  under-disk.  Disk  tessellated  with  circular  plates,  one  in  the 
centre,  five  around  at  some  distance,  and  a  few  others,  but  all  separate  and  ornamented 
with  radiating  lines  of  cells,  all  being  surrounded  and  overlapped  by  a  derm  of  minute 
circular  scales  cellular  in  aspect.  The  radial  shields,  which  are  wide  apart,  are  larger 
than  the  other  plates,  narrowest  aborally  and  broadest  within ;  obliquely  placed,  their 
distal  end  being  arched  and  free  ;  and  between  them,  under  the  derm,  are  some  rudi- 
mentary upper  arm-plates.  There  are  distinct  radial  scales  projecting  beyond  the  radial 
shields ;  and  on  their  distal  edge  from  5  to  7  spinules  with  narrow  bases,  swollen  cylindro- 
conical  trunks,  and  rather  angular  and  sharp  terminations  are  visible.  These  are  in 
a  row ;  and  there  are  others  in  some  instances  projecting  from  the  cells  of  the  derm 
between  the  radial  shields,  and,  deeper  still,  from  the  rudimentary  upper  arm-plates. 

The  upper  arm-plates,  broad,  short,  and  convex  near  the  disk,  form  much  of  the 
arm ;  and  usually  the  first  five  or  six  large  ones  are  covered  with  a  row  of  smaller 
spinules  than  those  on  the  edge  of  the  disk,  which  project  along  the  line  of,  and  close 
to,  the  arm,  extending,  in  some,  along  the  whole  distal  curve.  After  the  fourth  they 
diminish  in  number ;  and  one  or  two  only  are  seen  on  the  six  arm-plates  further  out. 

The  upper  arm-plates  increase  gradually  in  length,  and  only  diminish  in  breadth 
far  out,  and  at  last  become  more  or  less  triangular  in  outline,  whilst  quite  at  the  top  they 
are  long,  narrow,  triangular,  and  separated  by  the  side  arm-plate.  In  some  specimens 
there  are  no  spinules  on  the  upper  arm-plates. 

Beneath,  the  scaling  is  larger  and  overlapping  in  the  interbrachial  spaces,  and  is 

£ 


66  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

often  large  near  the  mouth-shields ;  and  the  junction  of  the  two  kinds  of  scaling  at  the 
margin  is  sharp. 

A  row  of  spinules  is  often  (but  not  always)  seen  along  the  generative  slit,  and  is 
continuous  with  that  seen  above  the  arm. 

The  mouth-shields  are  distant  from  the  edge,  and  are  boldly  curved  and  almost 
circular,  except  orally,  where  they  are  produced  into  an  angle ;  and  there  are  many 
variations  of  this  shape.  The  side  mouth-shields  are  small,  swollen  and  enlarged 
where  they  impinge  against  the  first  side  arm-plate  ;  and  they  end  between  the  first  two 
tentacle-openings  visible  under  the  arm.  They  are  united  orally  in  some  instances ;  but 
as  a  rule  the  union  is  not  perfect ;  and  each  carries  a  broad  short  scale  which  protects 
the  large  first  arm-tentacle,  and  which  may  be  divided  into  two  or  even  three  parts. 
The  jaws  are  often  slightly  separated  in  front  of  the  side  arm-plates ;  and  they  are 
swollen  just  within  the  large  and  often  triangular-looking  jaw-plate.  There  are  four 
or  five  mouth-papillae  on  each  jaw-margin,  the  aboral  being  broad  and  short,  and  the 
others  more  or  less  spiniform  or  spear-headed.  A  large  papilla  is  below  the  true 
teeth  on  each  jaw-angle ;  and  it  and  one  on  either  side  are  to  be  seen  on  the  jaw- 
plate. 

The  tentacular  openings  are  very  large  ;  and  the  first  under  the  arm  opens,  as  it 
were,  along  the  side  of  the  jaw.  The  tentacle-scales  are  few,  and  like  broad  plates- 
there  being  not  often  more  than  two  on  the  side  arm-plate,  and  two  or  three  on  the 
side  mouth-shield. 

The  special  characters  of  Opliiocten  sericeum,  as  given  by  Lyman,  are : — "  Arms  three 
to  four  times  the  length  of  the  diameter  of  the  disk ;  two  upper  spines  much  the 
longest ;  papillae  of  arm  evenly  continuous,  1-4  upper  arm-plates  bearing  papillae." 

The  main  variation  which  we  have  noted  in  the  Arctic  specimens  of  this  species 
consists  in  the  greater  length  of  the  arm-spines  as  compared  with  those  of  more  southern 
examples.  In  a  specimen  9-2  millims.  in  disk-diameter  the  length  of  the  upper  arm- 
spine  of  the  sixth  joint  was  T85  millim.  (in  one  case  2' 3  millims.) ;  in  another,  with  a 
diameter  of  disk  of  8'5  millims.,  the  same  spine  was  1*8  millim.  long,  three  arm-joints 
in  this  individual  being  exactly  2  millims.  In  addition  to  the  above,  variations  occur  in 
the  contour  of  the  mouth-shields  ;  and  in  the  larger  examples  considerable  irregularity 
is  also  found  in  the  number  and  position  of  the  mouth-papillae.  Amongst  this  collection 
are  several  specimens  having  a  very  decidedly  pentagonal  form  of  disk.  In  our  opinion 
none  of  the  above  variations  can  be  regarded  as  of  greater  morphological  significance 
than  growth-phases,  or,  at  most,  than  individual  variations.  The  largest  specimen 
obtained  was  1]  millims.  in  disk-diameter. 

Numerous  specimens  were  collected  by  both  of  the  naturalists  of  the  Arctic 
Expedition ;  and  one  set  was  collected  by  Capt.  Feilden  in  Discovery  Bay,  25  fms.,  hard 
bottom,  Cape  Frazer,  80  fms.,  and  Hayes  Point,  35  fms.,  bottom  temperature  29°-5. 
The  others  were  in  Mr.  Hart's  collection,  from  Discovery  Bay,  15-20  fms.,  muddy 
bottom,  also  at  11  fms. ;  Franklin-Pierce  Bay,  13-15  fms. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  67 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  IV. 

Fig.  8.  The  upper  surface :  slightly  magnified. 

9.  The  scaling  of  the  upper  part  of  the  disk  and  part  of  the  arm  :   magnified. 
10.  Part  of  the  underpart  of  the  disk:  magnified. 
14.  Part  of  the  disk-scaling  :  magnified. 

Genus  AMPHIURA,  Forbes. 

AmpJiiura,  Forbes,  Linn.  Trans,  vol.  xix.  1842. 

Disk  small  and  delicate,  covered  with  naked  overlapping  scales,  and  furnished  with 
uncovered  radial  shields.  Teeth:  no  tooth-papilla;;  six  (rarely  eight)  mouth-papillae 
to  each  angle  of  the  mouth.  Arms  slender,  even,  more  or  less  flattened.  Arm-spines 
short  and  regular  along  the  sides  of  the  arm-plates.  Two  genital  slits. 

AMPHIURA  HOLBCELLI,  Liitken.     Plate  IV,  Figs.  15-17. 

Ampliiura  Holbcelli,  Liitken,  Vid.  Medd.,  Nov.  1854,  p.  98. 

The  mouth-papillae  are  six  to  each  angle  of  the  mouth  (the  two  innermost  stoutest 
and  pointing  to  the  centre  of  the  mouth),  and  are  oblong  and  running  upwards  towards 
the  teeth.  The  innermost  papilla  is  attached  to  the  side  mouth-shield  ;  it  is  small,  flat, 
with  a  curved  cutting-edge,  and  is  long  and  sharp  like  a  canine  tooth.  Teeth  four : 
two  uppermost  large,  flat,  longer  than  broad,  squarish,  rather  thick,  presenting  a  broad 
free  surface.  Mouth-shields  rounded,  truncated,  and  narrower  without ;  and  madreporic 
shield  the  largest,  and  with  pores  on  its  edge.  Side  mouth-shields  large,  broad,  and 
triangular,  with  all  their  sides  reenteringly  curved,  meeting  within,  and  also  their 
neighbours,  between  the  first  and  second  under  arm-plates. 

Only  a  single  specimen  ofAmphiura  was  taken  in  high  latitudes ;  and  this,  although 
it  differs  slightly  from  the  type  form  in  the  relative  measurements  of  certain  points  of 
detail,  we  have  little  hesitation  in  assigning  to  Dr.  Liitken's  species,  the  variations,  in 
our  opinion,  not  being  of  greater  importance  than  such  as  we  should  regard  as  dependent 
on  locality  and  conditions  of  life. 

The  solitary  specimen  was  found  in  Franklin-Pierce  Bay  in  15  fathoms,  the  tempe- 
rature being  290-5  Fahr.,  and  presents  the  following  characters  :— 

An  Amphiura  with  disk  lobed ;  radial  shields  long  and  narrow ;  mouth-shields 
rounded ;  side  mouth-shields  large,  subtriangular,  with  the  sides  reentering  and  angles 
rounded.  Three  pairs  of  mouth-papillae,  the  middle  ones  placed  higher  than  the  others. 
Under  arm-plates  pentagonal.  One  tentacle-scale,  rounded.  Arm-spines  three  or  four. 

The  arms  are  less  broad,  and  take  their  origin  in  a  more  deeply  reentering  curve  of 
the  disk-margin  ;  the  radial  shields  are  narrower ;  and  the  breadth  of  upper  arm-plates, 
in  proportion  to  their  length,  is  less  than  in  the  type  forms,  as  the  following  measure- 
ments will  indicate: — Diameter  of  disk  8  millims. ;  radial  shield,  length  1-3  millim., 
breadth  0'35  millim.;  sixth  upper  arm-plate,  length  0'6  millim.,  breadth  0-9  millim. 
The  spines  are  hollow  cylinders,  stout,  blunt,  and  but  slightly  tapering;  the  upper  spine  on 

K2 


68  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

each  side-plate  tapers  most.    The  first  fifteen  arm-joints  bear  four  spines,  the  succeeding 
joints  three  only. 

An  interesting  feature  connected  with  this  specimen  is  worthy  of  record,  and  is 
one  which  does  not  appear  to  have  been  noted  by  previous  observers.  The  central  spines 
are  more  or  less  flattened  throughout  their  whole  length  ;  and  at  the  tip,  compression 
has  been  carried  to  such  a  degree  as  to  form  a  thin  and  somewhat  expanded  head — a 
peculiarity  which  is  at  once  suggestive  of  a  characteristic  spine-appendage  possessed  by 
A.  Jiliformis ;  and  although,  in  the  specimen  under  notice,  this  structural  feature  is  by 
no  means  so  fully  developed  as  in  that  Ophiuran,  it  is  still  sufficiently  marked  to  impress 
upon  the  mind  the  near  relationship  of  the  two  species,  and  the  community  of  their 
descent — an  hypothesis  which  is  also  further  strengthened  by  the  association  of  both  the 
forms  in  more  southern  waters. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  IV. 

Fig.  15.  Part  of  the  underpart  of  the  disk  :  magnified. 

16.  Radial  shields  :  magnified. 

17.  Side  view  of  the  arm  :  magnified. 

Genus  OPHIACANTHA,  Mutter  &  Troschel. 

Ophiacantha,  Hiiller  &  Troschel,  Syst.  Ast.  1842. 

Disk  with  little  thorny  spines.  Radial  shields  covered.  Teeth  ;  mouth-papillae  ; 
no  tooth-papillae.  Spines  numerous,  slender,  minutely  thorny,  arranged  on  the  sides  of 
the  side  arm-plate.  Side  arm-plates  meeting  nearly,  or  quite,  above  and  below.  Two 
genital  slits,  beginning  outside  the  mouth-shields.  (Lyman,  op.  cit.) 

OPHIACANTHA  SPINULOSA,  Miiller  &  Troschel.     Plate  IV,  Figs.  11-13. 

OpMacantha  spimdosa,  Miiller  &  Troschel,  Syst.  Ast.  1842,  p.  107. 

An  Ophiacantha  with  disk  covered  with  small  round  scales,  each  bearing  a  small 
short  spinelet.  Radial  shields  very  obscure,  sometimes  quite  covered.  No  disk-incision  ; 
and  the  dorsal  membrane  is  prolonged  over  the  base  of  the  rays.  Mouth-shields  twice 
as  broad  as  long,  irregular  ovate.  Side  mouth-shields  long,  narrow,  arched,  and  meeting 
within.  Under  arm-plates  heptagonal  or  sub-heptagonal ;  breadth  equal  to  length. 
Dorsal  arm-plates  triangular.  Side  arm-plates  meeting  above  and  below.  Spines 
7  or  8,  long,  thin,  and  denticulate,  placed  on  a  keel. 

A  greater  number  of  this  Ophiuran  were  brought  home  by  the  British  Arctic 
Expedition  of  1875-6  than  of  any  other  Echinoderm.  The  specimens  range  in  size 
from  those  having  a  disk-diameter  of  15  millims.  to  the  young  form  of  only  3  millims., 
and  consequently  furnish  a  most  instructive  series. 

The  variations  dependent  on  growth  "are  very  considerable,  so  much  so  that  isolated 
specimens  taken  from  different  stages  in  the  series  might  easily  be  regarded  as  affording 
the  types  of  distinct  species.  Conclusive  proof  has  been  furnished  by  the  material  which 
we  have  had  at  our  disposal  that  the  0.  grcenlandica,  M.  &  T.,  and  the  0.  arctica, 
M.  &  T.,  are  untenable  species,  as  Dr.  Liitken  has  already  pointed  out ;  and,  further, 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  69 

that  the  characters  which  had  hitherto  been  looked  upon  as  of  specific  value,  are  not, 
as  that  eminent  authority  seems  to  infer,  even  variations  such  as  can  be  regarded  as 
dependent  on  distribution,  but  must  be  considered  simply  the  phases  incidental  to  age, 
together  with  ordinary  individual  variation. 

Amongst  the  specimens  procured  by  the  naturalists  of  H.M.SS.  '  Alert '  and 
'  Discovery '  there  are  many  presenting  features  developed  in  a  manner  which  might  be 
regarded  as  "  ultraspecific  "  when  compared  with  the  previously  recognized  modifications 
of  this  "  form."  In  the  present  state  of  knowledge,  however,  it  seems  preferable  to 
comprehend  them  under  0.  spinulosa  of  Miiller  and  Troschel,  rather  than  to  burden 
further  the  nomenclature  with  novel  designations. 

The  mouth-shields  and  the  under  arm-plates  in  this  species  are  subject  to  very 
considerable  changes  and  variations,  both  in  contour  and  in  their  relative  proportions  of 
length  to  breadth.  In  large  and  adult  specimens  the  number  and  arrangement  of  the 
mouth-papillae  is  also  irregular,  and  not  only  is  there  a  frequent  increase  in  number  in 
the  ordinal  horizontal  series,  but  there  is  also  a  great  tendency  towards  reduplication  of 
certain  papillae  in  the  vertical  axis  of  the  Ophiuran.  This  seems  to  arise  from  the 
longitudinal  cleavage  of  preexisting  papillae. 

In  young  individuals  the  spinelets  of  the  disk  are  proportionally  long,  five  or  six 
times  their  own  diameter,  and  present  all  the  appearances  of  ordinary  embryonic  spines. 
During  the  progress  of  growth,  however,  increase  is  made  in  thickness  only  ;  so  that 
when  maturity  is  attained,  and  the  spinelets,  along  with  the  disk,  are  invested  with  the 
semitransparent  leathery  membrane  of  the  body,  the  appearance  is  more  that  of  short 
stumpy  prominences  than  of  actual  spines — a  deception  which  at  first  sight  gives  a  totally 
different  character  to  the  Ophiuran. 

Coll.  Feilden :  Discovery  Bay,  25  fms.,  hard  bottom ;  Cape  Frazer,  80  fins. ; 
Franklin-Pierce  Bay,  15  fms.,  temperature  290>5  Fahr.  Coll.  Hart:  Franklin-Pierce 
Bay,  13-15  fms.,  bottom  stony. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  IV. 

Fig.  11.  The  upper  surface :  natural  size. 

12.  Part  of  the  under  surface :  magnified. 

13.  The  spines  on  the  disk:  magnified. 


ASTROPHYTID^E. 

* 

ASTROPHYTON  AoASSizn,  Stimpson.     Plate  V,  Figs.  1-6  a. 

1819.  Gorgonocephalw  arcticus,  Leach,  Ross's  Voyage  of  Discovery  in  H.M.SS.  '  Isabella '  and  'Alexander, 

vol.  ii.  Append.  No.  iv.  p.  178. 

1841.  Euryale  scutatum,  Gould  (non  Blainville),  Invert,  of  Massachusetts,  p.  345. 
1853.  Astrophyton  Agassizii,  Stimpson,  Syn.  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  12. 

1865.  Astrophyton  Ayassizii,  Lyman,  111.  Cat.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Harvard,  i.  p.  186. 

1866.  Astrophyton  Agassizii,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  344. 
1866.  Astrophyton  Agassizii,  Ljungman,  Ofvers.  K..  Vet.-Akad.  Fordhandl.  1866,  p.  335. 
1869.  Astrophyton  Agassizii,  Liitkcn,  Yidensk.  Selsk.  Skr.  Usekke  5,  Bd.  8,  ii.  p.  66. 


70  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

1876.  AstropTiyton  Agassizii,  Norman,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  vol.  xxv.  p.  208. 

1877.  AstropTiyton  Agassizii,  Lyman,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  xix.  p.  102. 
1877.  AstropTiyton  arctlcum,  Smith,  MS. 

Disk  with  prominent  radial  ribs,  which  taper  slightly  towards  their  inner 
extremities,  and  reach  nearly  to  the  centre, — their  outer  extremities  forming  a  bold 
protuberance  at  the  margin  of  the  disk,  above  the  junction  of  the  rays.  The  ribs 
bear  a  number  of  irregularly  disposed,  short,  conical  spinelets,  or  spiniform  tubercles. 
The  disk  is  covered  with  a  leathery  skin ;  and  upon  the  interradial  spaces,  which  are 
smooth  and  well  shield-shaped,  a  few  granules  are  present.  Mouth-shields  either 
quite  insignificant  or  aborted.  The  side  mouth-plates,  which  are  large  and  irregularly 
pyriform  in  outline,  meet  along  the  greater  portion  of  their  apposed  sides.  The  jaws 
(scutella  oralia)  are  nearly  as  large  as  the  side  mouth-plates,  subtriangular  in  form, 
and  touch  along  their  apposed  sides,  except  for  a  short  distance  at  the  aboral  extremity 
of  the  same.  In  spirit  it  is  difficult  and  often  impossible  to  distinguish  the  various 
parts,  in  consequence  of  the  thick  investing  skin.  Mouth-papillae  and  tooth-papillse, 
which  are  spiniform  and  slightly  tapering,  are  undistinguishable  in  form  ;  6-10,  which 
may,  by  their  position,  be  classed  as  the  former,  are  disposed  on  the  margin  of  the 
jaw-plate,  whilst  an  irregular  group  stands  in  the  place  of  tooth-papillse.  The 
interbrachial  spaces  on  the  actinal  surface  contain  a  few  calcareous  plates  or 
scales ;  and  at  the  extreme  margin  a  closely  aggregated  number  of  these  plates  form 
a  band  which  divides  the  upper  and  lower  surfaces  of  the  disk.  Under  arm-plates 
variable  and  divided  ;  side  arm-plates  broad  and  band-like.  The  tentacle-scales,  which 
are  spiniform  and  not  flattened,  are  normally  four  in  each  series,  this  number  being 
diminished  by  one  or  two  on  the  portion  of  the  ray  below  the  first  forking.  Bays 
forked  dichotomously,  the  portions  between  the  forks  being  comparatively  long  and 
unequal  in  length.  Upper  surface  of  the  rays  granulated,  each  joint  being  marked 
off  by  a  suture-like  depression,  and  the  granules  being  gathered  into  a  saddle-like 
point  on  the  sides  of  each  joint.  A  similar  sutural  depression  or  furrow  traverses  the 
dorsal  median  line  of  the  ray.  Towards  the  extremity  the  granules  form  a  regular 
double  series  round  the  joint,  the  space  between  neighbouring  series  being  several 
times  the  breadth  of  the  band.  These  granules  have  claw-like  booklets  articulated 
upon  them,  which  are  attached  to  a  right-  and  left-hand  knob  alternately,  and  are 
present  in  greatest  numbers  towards  the  terminal  portion  of  the  rays.  The  ray  up 
to  the  first  forking  has  but  very  few  granules,  the  stem  next  the  disk  being  covered 
with  a  thick  investing  membrane. 

Colour. — According  to  Stimpson,  the  radial  ribs  are  yellow,  and  the  interbrachial 
spaces  brown,  in  the  living  animal.  In  dried  examples  the  ribs  are  a  yellowish  brown, 
the  rays  being  somewhat  lighter  in  shade,  and  the  interbrachial  spaces  a  rich  dark 
brown.  In  spirit  preparations  this  difference  is  less  marked,  and  frequently  destroyed 
altogether. 

Remarks. — In  the  preliminary  Eeport  on  the  Echinodermata  collected  during 
the  Arctic  Expedition  of  1875-6  (Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  4,  vol.  xx.  p.  468),  an 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  71 

example  belonging  to  this  species  was  cited  under  the  name  of  A.  arcticum,  Leach^ 
the  writers,  as  there  stated,  not  having  had  at  the  time  an  opportunity  of  seeing  the 
specimen.  Upon  subsequent  examination  the  Astrophyton  in  question,  which  had 
been  dredged  off  West  Greenland  by  Mr.  A.  C.  Horner  (who  accompanied  Sir  Allan 
Young  in  the  '  Pandora  '),  at  a  depth  of  600  fathoms  in  Smith's  Sound,  lat.  78°  19'  N., 
long.  74°  30'  W.,  was  found  to  be  identical  with  the  species  which  had  been  described 
by  Stimpson  as  A.  Agassizii,  a  form  not  uncommon  in  the  Arctic  Seas  of  Greenland 
and  North  America.  Careful  and  thorough  search  was  then  made  for  Leach's  type 
specimen  of  Gorgonocephalus  arcticus  (obtained  by  Sir  John  Ross),  which  was 
deposited  in  the  British  Museum.  Prof.  F.  Jeffrey  Bell  very  kindly  took  much  trouble 
on  our  account,  and  rendered  every  assistance  in  his  power  by  carefully  looking  up 
all  the  specimens  in  the  national  collection.  Unfortunately  it  is  impossible  to  say 
with  certainty  that  the  object  of  our  quest  was  found.  An  old  dried  specimen,  however, 
is  still  extant  which  is  supposed  to  be  Leach's  type,  and  which,  from  its  fragile  nature, 
has  never  been  moved  since  it  was  originally  set  out  by  him.  This  is  at  least  the 
traditional  (!)  representative  of  Gorgonocephalus  arcticus ;  for  it  is  without  ticket  of  any 
kind.  Although  this  absolute  evidence  is  wanting,  there  appears  to  be  little  doubt  about 
the  correctness  of  the  supposition.  This  old  specimen  would  seem  to  be  unquestionably 
referable  to  Stimpson's  species,  and  also  to  accord  most  closely  with  the  example  which 
forms  the  subject  of  the  present  remarks.  If,  therefore,  the  specimen  above 
mentioned  be  really  the  Gorgonocephalus  arcticus  of  Leach,  that  name  and  Astrophyton 
Agassizii  of  Stimpson  will  stand  as  synonymous  terms. 

We  quote  in  full  the  original  diagnosis  given  by  Dr.  Leach  ;  as  a  further  evidence 
in  support  of  our  views,  and  also  as  a  testimony  to  the  careful  study  and  acumen  of 
Mr.  Edgar  A.  Smith,  who  was  the  first  to  refer  to  this  hitherto  overlooked  and  almost 
forgotten  description : — 

"  Genus  GORGONOCEPHALUS,  Leach  (1815).     Euryale,  Lamarck  (1816). 
"  Species  Arcticus.      Corpore  supra  radiatim  costato :  costis  tuberculatis,  radiis 
longissimis,    tenuibus,    supra    granulatis ;     articulis    (apicalibus    prsesertim) 
distinctissimis."* 

From  the  brevity  and  ambiguity  of  this  description,  together  with  the  element 
of  uncertainty  which  is  now  inseparable  from  the  type,  and  which  can  never  be 
cleared  away,  we  do  not  feel  justified  in  restoring  Dr.  Leach's  name  in  the  face  of  the 
present  universal  adoption  of  Dr.  Stimpson's ;  although,  if  all  points  were  equal,  the 
former  would  undoubtedly  claim  priority. 

Distribution. 
a.  Northward  up  Smith's  Sound:  Lat.  78°  19'  N.,  long.  74°  30'  W.,  600  fins. 

*  '  A  Voyage  of  Discovery  in  H.M.SS.  '  Isabella '  and  '  Alexander '  for  the  purpose  of  exploring  Baffin's 
Bay  and  enquiring  into  the  probability  of  a  North-west  Passage.'  By  John  Boss  (1819),  Yol.  ii.  [Append. 
No.  iv.  by  W.  E.  Leach],  p.  178. 


72  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

(Homer  in  '  Pandora '),  the  most  northern  locality  on  record.  Lat.  73°  37'  N., 
long.  77°  25'  W.,  800  fms.  (Sir  John  Boss).  OS  Hare  Island,  Waigat  Strait,  lat.  70° 
30'  N.,  175  fms.  ('Valorous'  Evped.). 

b.  North  of  American  Continent:  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  (Lyman,  Verrill).     Grand 
Manan,  30  fms.  (Verrill).       Eastport,  at  low  water  of  spring  tides  amongst  rocks 
(mostly  small  specimens),  and  abundantly  (all  sizes)  in  15-20  fms.,  shelly  and  stony 
bottom  (Verrill).     Cape  Cod  (Atwood,  fide  Lyman). 

c.  North  of  European  Continent :  Vadso,  Finmark  (Lutkeri). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  V. 

Fig.  1.  Abactinal  aspect  of  the  animal :  reduced  about  one  third. 

2.  One  mouth-angle  of  a  much  smaller  specimen  :  magnified. 

3.  Portion  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect :  magnified. 

4.  Portion  of  a  ray  below  the  first  forking,  actinal  aspect :  magnified. 

5.  Portion  of  a  ray,  side  view :  magnified. 

6.  Portion  of  a  ray  near  the  extremity  :  magnified. 
6c.  One  of  the  booklets :  magnified. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  73 


CRINOIDEA. 

THREE  species  of  Comatulse  were  obtained  in  high  latitudes  during  the  British  Arctic 
Expedition  of  1875-76,  under  Capt.  Sir  G.  S.  Nares.  These  were  Antedon  Eschrichtii 
(the  widely  distributed  northern  form),  A.  celtica,  and  a  new  species  dredged  in  Dis- 
covery Bay.  Respecting  the  general  occurrence  of  the  Crinoidea  within  the  Arctic 
Circle,  or  even  within  the  area  treated  of  in  the  present  memoir,  we  shall  refrain  from 
speaking,  as,  unfortunately,  this  group  has  hitherto  been  much  neglected  by  naturalists, 
either  from  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  material  in  a  satisfactory  state  of  preservation, 
or  from  the  complexity  of  the  subject  itself.  From  this  cause  little  confidence  can  be 
placed  in  many  of  the  determinations. 

Mr.  P.  Herbert  Carpenter  is  at  present  engaged  in  a  critical  investigation  of  the 
Comatulse ;  and  having  had  the  opportunity  of  examining  very  extensive  series  of  spe- 
cimens (amongst  others  those  of  the  '  Challenger '  Expedition,  of  which  he  has  already 
published  a  preliminary  report*),  we  feel  that  the  result  of  his  labours,  when  completed, 
will  embrace  an  amount  of  actual  knowledge  which,  in  comparison  with  an  analysis  of 
the  confused  determinations  of  previous  writers,  will  prove  to  be  so  much  more  trust- 
worthy and  acceptable  to  biologists  at  large,  that  no  further  remark  upon  our  reticence 
in  that  direction  will  be  necessary. 

ANTEDON  ESCHRICETII  (Muller),  Verrill.     Plate  VI,  figs.  1-4. 

1841.  Alccto  Eschrichtii,  Hiiller,  Archiv  f.  Naturgesch.,  Jahrg.  vii.  vol.  i.  p.  142. 
1853.  Alecto  Eschrichtii,  Stimpson,  Mar.  Invert.  Grand  Manan,  p.  12. 
1857.  Alecto  Eschrichtii,  Liitken,  Vid.  Meddel.  N.  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn,  1857,  p.  55. 
1862.  Comatula  Eschrichtii,  Dujardin  &  Hupe,  Hist.  Nat.  Zooph.  £chinodermes,  p.  199. 
1866.  Antedon  Eschrichtii,  Verrill,  Proceed.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  x.  p.  343.. 

Dorsocentral  semiglobular,  closely  covered  with  a  great  number  of  cirri,  a  hun- 
dred pits  being  present  in  large  specimens.  Frequently,  in  old  examples,  the  imme- 
diate apex  is  smooth  and  not  pitted ;  and  sometimes  this  portion  of  the  plate  is  slightly 
indented,  forming  a  little  hollow  or  depression,  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  cirri. 

The  first  radial  is  invisible  (or  with  only  the  smallest  trace  to  be  seen  at  the  sides 
in  small  examples),  the  second  radial  appears  on  the  outer  surface  only  as  a  very  short, 
thin  plate  at  the  margin  of  the  dorsocentral,  and  is  seen  to  thicken  at  the  sides  as  it 
recedes  inwards ;  the  third  (or  axillary)  radial  is  a  large,  conspicuous  plate,  rhomboid  or 
somewhat  diamond-shaped  in  external  contour,  length  greater  than  the  breadth ;  the 
sloping  sides,  which  diverge  from  the  distal  angle  on  the  margins  of  the  articular  facet 
being  somewhat  incurved  and  slightly  longer  than  the  lower  sides,  which  join  to  form 
the  proximal  angle,  these  latter  sides  being  incurved  for  their  distal  half  and  then  grace- 
fully bent  outwards  to  form  the  slightly  rounded  proximal  angle.  Considerable  variation 

*  Troc.  Hoy.  Soc.  no.  194,  1879,  p.  392. 


74  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

is  to  be  found  in  different  specimens  in  this  lower  angle  ;  and  when  very  obtuse  a  much 
smaller  relative  proportion  of  the  length  of  the  plate  lies  below  a  horizontal  line  drawn 
through  the  lateral  angles,  than  is  the  case  when  the  proximal  angle  is  smaller. 

The  first  brachial  joint  is  short  and  cuneiform ;  the  second  often  as  long  as,  or  even 
longer  than,  broad ;  the  proximal  margin  forming  a  fairly  acute  angle  in  the  profile 
contour  of  the  plate.  This  joint  has  also  the  appearance  of  being  very  considerably 
twisted  round  to  the  front ;  so  that  the  afore-mentioned  proximal  angle  is  found  opposite 
the  middle  part  of  the  margin  of  the  horizontal  suture  of  the  first  brachial,  when  seen 
from  the  front.  The  third  brachial  is  a  comparatively  short  joint,  of  nearly  equal 
length  at  either  side,  and  bears  the  first  syzygy.  The  succeeding  joints  of  the  ray  have 
their  longer  side  shorter  than  their  breadth,  and  taper  wedge-form  to  the  other  side, — 
their  profile,  when  seen  from  the  exact  median  line  of  the  ray,  being  regularly  triangular. 
On  the  lower  portion  of  the  ray,  the  angle  formed  by  the  longer  side  of  the  arm-joints 
and  the  proximal  suture  is  prolonged  into  a  prominent  peak,  which  is  also  brought 
somewhat  forwards.  The  neighbouring  joint  has  a  little  corresponding  projection  or 
lip,  upon  which  this  articulates ;  and  owing  to  this  structure,  a  semitubercular  or  knobby 
character  is  given  to  the  lower  portion  of  the  ray,  which  is  highly  characteristic  of  the 
present  species.  The  rays  are  very  robust,  and  maintain  this  character  throughout. 
Towards  the  extremities  the  joints  become  very  short,  and  their  breadth  equal  to 
several  times  the  length  of  their  longer  side.  Syzygies  occur  on  the  3rd,  8th,  12th, 
15th,  18th  brachial  joint,  and  so  on — the  first  two  being  very  constant,  the  third  some- 
times varying  onto  the  llth  or  13th  joint;  in  the  latter  case  the  next  syzygy  does 
not  occur  till  the  18th  brachial  is  reached. 

The  pinnules  are  very  robust,  100  being  present  on  the  one  side  of  an  arm  of  a 
moderate-sized  specimen  ;  and  the  joints  are  more  or  less  compressed.  The  first  five  or 
six  upon  the  ray  have  the  flattened  dorsal  prominences  which  give  the  peculiar  saw-like 
character  mentioned  by  Miiller  and  others.  As  a  rule,  the  lowest  pinnules  in  this  species 
are  of  fairly  uniform  length,  increasing  slightly  as  they  proceed  along  the  ray ;  some- 
times, however,  the  first  pinnule  is  somewhat  longer  than  its  immediate  successors ; 
but  there  is  no  great  disparity  in  the  second  and  third,  such  as  occurs  in  the  two  next 
species. 

In  a  first  pinnule,  measuring  20  millims.,  were  45  joints ;  in  another,  a  fraction 
longer,  48  joints ;  and  the  third  and  fifth  pinnules  measured,  within  a  fraction,  the  same 
length.  A  pinnule  taken  midway  along  the  ray  was  25  millims.,  and  had  36  joints — in 
this  position  the  joints  being  relatively  longer  and  more  cylindrical,  and  their  distal 
margin  finely  denticulate.  In  all  the  pinnules  after  the  first  eight  or  ten,  the  two 
lowest  joints  are  very  much  larger  than  the  rest,  and  they  maintain  this  disparity 
throughout  the  ray ;  their  form,  also,  is  noteworthy,  the  first  or  articulatory  joint  being 
very  compressed  and  somewhat  halfmoon-shaped,  whilst  the  proximal  margin  of  the 
second  joint  is  also  considerably  incurved,  so  that  a  large  vacant  space  is  left  between 
the  two  joints,  which  is  occupied  by  muscle  or  ligament, — these  first  two  joints  being 
the  only  ones  that  preserve  along  the  ray  the  slightest  trace  of  the  dorsal  carina?, 
which  have  been  mentioned  above  as  characteristic  of  the  joints  of  the  entire 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  75 

pinnule  at  the  commencement  of  the  series.  The  ovarial  sacs  attached  to  the  pinnules 
are  large  and  thick — a  circumstance  which,  in  conjunction  with  the  closeness  of  the 
pinnules  to  one  another,  adds  to  the  compact  and  dense  character  of  the  plume  as  a 
whole. 

The  dorsal  cirri  are  long  and  robust;  and  the  joints  are  slightly  compressed.  Con- 
siderable variation  occurs  in  the  length  and  in  the  number  of  the  joints.  A  long 
example  measuring  60  millims.,  contained  42  joints ;  and  another,  on  the  same  specimen, 
about  half  that  length,  had  32.  The  longest  joints,  which  commence  at  about  the 
12th  from  the  base,  are  twice  as  long  as  broad,  and  are  somewhat  dicebox-shaped, 
the  proportion  of  length  to  breadth  diminishing  rapidly  towards  the  extremity.  The 
terminal  joint  consists  of  a  robust  claw  as  long  as  the  preceding  joint ;  the  penultimate 
joint  bears  no  secondary  claw,  but  simply  has  the  margin  thickened  and  produced  into 
a  sharp  angle — a  development  which  also  occurs  to  a  certain  extent  on  several  of  the 
preceding  joints. 

Locality. — Franklin-Pierce  Bay  (Feilden). 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  VI. 

Fig.  1.  Antedon  Eschrichtii :  natural  size. 

2.  Diagrammatic  sketch  of  the  radial  plates. 

3.  Extremity  of  one  of  the  dorsal  cirri :  magnified. 

4.  A  first  pinnule :  magnified. 

ANTEDON  CELTICA  (Barrett],  Norman.     Plate  VI,  figs.  5  &  6. 

1857.  Comatula  Woodwardii,  Barrett,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  2,  vol.  xix.  p.  32,  pi.  vii.  f.  1  (non 

Forbes). 

1857.  Comatula  celtka,  Barrett,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  2,  vol.  xx.  p.  44. 
1865.  Antedon  celtieus,  Norman,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  3,  vol.  xv.  p.  104. 
1877.  Antedon  celtkus,  Marenzeller,  Denksch.  k.  Akad.  Wissensch.  Wien,  Bd.  xxxv.  p.  24  (separate  copy). 

Dorsocentral  semiglobular  or  hemispherical,  and  somewhat  flattened*.  Sixty 
to  seventy  cirrus-pits  may  be  traced  on  the  specimens  under  notice.  A  cirrus 
measuring  40  millims.  in  length  has  38  joints:  these  are  somewhat  flattened;  and  the 
longest  occurs  at  about  the  9th  or  10th,  which  is  twice  as  long  as  broad — this  propor- 
tion gradually  decreasing  as  they  approach  the  extremity,  where  the  breadth  is  greater 
than  the  length.  The  terminal  joint  is  a  robust  claw,  longer  than  the  preceding  joint, 
which  has  the  opposed  margin  angulated  and  sharpened,  but  not  enough  to  form  a 
secondary  claw.  In  the  smaller  cirri,  however,  this  sharpened  joint  is  more  con- 
spicuous. In  the  shorter  cirri,  which  are  scarcely  half  the  length  of  those  above 
mentioned,  the  average  number  of  joints  is  about  25,  and  the  distal  extremity  of  each 
joint  is  broader  than  the  proximal  which  next  succeeds,  in  a  more  marked  degree  than 
in  the  older  cirri. 

*  Mr.  P.  Herbert  Carpenter  has  figured  and  described  this  piece  as  elongate  and  conoid  in  young  spe- 
cimens (Trans.  Linn.  Soe.  Zool.  ser.  2,  vol.  ii.  p.  61,  pi.  iv.  fig.  8).  No  trace  of  this  shape  remains  in  our 
examples,  which  measure  about  135  millims.  in  length. 

L2 


76  ON  THE  ECHINODEKMATA  OF  THE 

The  three  radial  plates  are  visible;  the  first  is  a  very  short  band-like  plate  at  the 
margin  of  the  centrodorsal ;  the  second  is  comparatively  long,  and  diminishes  with  a 
somewhat  rapid  but  graceful  curve  into  a  neck-like  form  at  the  distal  extremity  upon 
which  the  axillary  radial  is  articulated ;  and  there  occurs  in  the  median  dorsal  line  a 
slight  prominence  or  lip  opposed  to  the  proximal  angle  of  the  axillary.  This  latter, 
which  is  the  third  radial  plate,  is  quadrately  diamond-shaped  in  its  outer  contour, 
and  somewhat  broader  than  long,  the  distal  angle  being  more  obtuse  and  the  margins 
of  the  distal  facets  much  less  incurved  than  in  the  preceding  species.  The  first 
brachials  are  also  relatively  longer  and  more  conspicuous  than  in  A.  Eschrichtii ;  and 
the  second  brachials  are  subtriangular  or  even  subcrescentiform  in  profile  (as  seen  from 
outside),  and  are  broader  than  long,  their  apex  being  brought  forward  very  considerably 
to  the  front.  The  third  brachial,  which  bears  the  first  syzygy,  is  nearly  as  long  as 
broad.  At  some  distance  from  the  disk  the  joints  of  the  ray  are  almost  as  long  at  their 
deepest  part  (i.  e.  on  their  longer  side)  as  they  are  broad,  the  length  of  the  shorter  side 
being,  perhaps,  rather  more  than  one  third  of  the  breadth  on  the  lower  third  of  the 
ray.  The  sutures  of  the  joints  are  not  nearly  so  much  inclined  as  in  A.  Eschrichtii',  and 
the  joints  diminish  in  length  as  they  approach  the  extremity  of  the  ray.  Syzygies 
occur  normally  on  the  3rd,  8th,  12th,  15th  brachial,  and  so  on — although  the  second  is 
sometimes  found  on  the  9th,  the  third  on  the  loth  or  14th,  and  the  fourth  on  the  16th 
or  17th  brachial  joint. 

80-90  pinnules  occur  along  one  side  of  a  ray.  The  arms,  as  a  whole,  are  long, 
tapering,  and  decidedly  delicate  in  character,  although  so  numerously  pinnulated ; 
whilst  the  narrowness  of  the  calyx,  the  angle  of  ray-attachment,  and  the  comparative 
shortness  of  the  pinnules  give  a  very  long  and  narrow  appearance  to  the  closed  plume. 

The  first  and  second  pinnules  are  equal  in  length,  measuring  15  millims.,  and 
contain  36  joints  each.  The  third  pinnule  is  very  much  smaller,  being  scarcely 
11  millims.  long,  and  with  only  23  joints.  One  from  the  middle  of  the  ray  has  like- 
wise 23  joints,  and  measures  15  to  16  millims.  long.  In  another  specimen  the  first 
pinnule  had  37  joints,  and  the  third  18.  The  joints  on  the  proximal  third  of  the  first 
three  pinnules  have  the  dorsal  side  produced  into  flattened  processes,  similar  to  those 
developed  much  more  prominently  in  the  last  species.  The  pinnules  beyond  the  first 
three  have  very  much  longer  joints,  as  will  be  seen  by  reference  to  the  measures 
above  given ;  and  these  are  also  more  cylindrical  in  shape.  In  these  pinnules,  further- 
more, the  first  two  joints  are  much  flatter,  broader,  and  shorter  than  the  rest,  but  do  not 
present  the  conspicuous  character  noted  in  A.  Eschrichtii.  The  ovarial  sacs  are  thin, 
delicate,  and  semitransparent,  presenting  a  very  marked  difference  in  comparison  with 
those  of  the  latter  species. 

Remarks. — It  is  not  without  considerable  hesitation  that  we  have  referred  the  form 
under  notice  to  Barrett's  species ;  for  the  original  diagnosis  is  so  meagre  that  little  can 
be  made  out  of  it.  Dr.  Marenzeller,  however,  has  given  a  perfectly  intelligible  and 
more  comprehensive  sketch  of  (what  is  in  our  opinion)  the  same  species,  in  the 
description  which  accompanies  his  determination  of  examples  obtained  by  the  Austro- 
Hungarian  Arctic  Expedition,  with  which  specimens  ours  would  seem  to  accord  in  all 
essential  particulars. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  77 

Mr.  P.  Herbert  Carpenter  (loc.  cit.)  has  entered  with  great  care  and  detail  into 
certain  parts  of  the  anatomical  structure  of  a  Comatula  referred  to  under  this  name ; 
but  no  other  writer,  excepting  those  mentioned  above,  appears  to  have  spoken  of 
A.  celtica  from  a  systematist's  point  of  view*. 

Locality,  &c. — Discovery  Bay,  lat.  81°  41'  N.,  25  fathoms,  hard  bottom  (Feilden) ; 
Franklin-Pierce  Bay. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  VI. 
Fig.  5.  Antedon  celtica  :  natural  size. 

6.  Diagrammatic  sketch  of  the  radial  plates. 

ANTEDON  PEOLIXA,  Sladen,  sp.  nov.     Plate  VI,  Figs.  7-10. 

Dorsocentral  very  conoid,  as  long  as,  or  longer  than,  broad,  with  four  or  five  tiers 
of  cirri  arranged  one  above  the  other,  about  60  to  70  all  together  being  present ; 
the  apex  having  no  pits,  and  presenting  the  appearance  of  a  sort  of  tubercular  boss. 
The  cirri  are  remarkably  long  and  delicate — one,  with  the  extremity  missing,  measuring 
58  millims.  Another,  47  millims.  long,  has  forty  joints;  and  this  appears  to  be  the 
average  length  and  number.  One  of  the  small  cirri  (which  is  21  millims.)  has  twenty- 
nine  joints.  The  joints  of  the  cirri  are  very  long  and  cylindrical,  but  narrower  in  the 
middle  than  at  the  extremities;  the  eighth  from  the  basal  joint  measures  1*76  millim. 
long  and  '43  millim.  broad,  or  four  times  as  long  as  broad ;  the  terminal  joint  is 
modified  into  a  delicate  claw ;  and  no  actual  secondary  claw  occurs  at  the  extremity  of 
the  penultimate  joint,  only  a  slightly  produced  triangular  peak. 

The  first  radial  is  not  visible  in  front,  only  at  the  extreme  sides,  where  it  may  be 
seen  rising  up  towards  the  interior.  The  second  radial  is  of  moderate  length,  nearly  as 
long  at  the  sides  as  broad,  and  is  not  much  (if  at  all)  constricted  at  the  distal  extremity. 
The  third  or  axillary  radial  is  very  regularly  quadriform,  placed  diamond-wise  (the 
length  being  about  equal  to  the  breadth),  and  with  all  the  sides  incurved.  The  first 
brachial  is  comparatively  long ;  the  second  longer  than  broad,  and  subtriangular  in 
profile  from  the  outside,  the  proximal  angle  remaining  in  a  much  more  lateral  position 
than  in  either  of  the  preceding  species ;  the  third  brachial,  which  bears  the  first  syzygy, 
is  as  long  as,  or  longer  than,  broad;  and  the  succeeding  joints  of  the  ray  are  all 
comparatively  long,  and  increase  in  relative  length  towards  the  extremity  of  the  ray. 
Syzygies  occur  normally  on  the  3rd,  8th,  12th,  and  every  third  joint  beyond. 

On  the  whole  it  may  be  said  that  the  radials  stand  very  high  in  this  species,  and 
that  the  rays  spring  off  from  them  well  separated  into  pairs — the  rays  being  comparatively 
thin  and  delicate  in  habit,  and  the  pinnules  being  seemingly  placed  wide  apart,  in 
consequence  of  the  length  of  the  joints. 

*  Since  -writing  the  above,  we  have  had  the  opportunity  of  examining  specimens  which  we  owe  to  the 
kindness  of  Sir  Wyville  Thomson,  and  which  he,  in  common  with  other  British  naturalists,  has  been  in  the 
habit  of  regarding  as  the  representatives  of  A.  celtica.  They  are  altogether  different  from  the  Comatula  here 
described,  and  resemble  to  a  certain  degree  the  form  that  we  have  named  A.  prolira,  but  from  both  of  which 
they  arc,  in  our  estimation,  a  perfectly  distinct  species . 


78  ON  THE  ECHINODERMATA  OF  THE 

41  pinnules  are  present  on  one  side  of  the  longest  unbroken  ray,  which  measures 
86  or  87  millims., — a  little  portion  of  the  extremity  being  wanting.  From  the  axillary 
radial  to  the  third  syzygy  measures  14-5  millims.  The  first  pinnule  measures  10  millims. 
long,  with  26  or  27  joints ;  the  second  is  very  short,  being  only  3 -25  millims.,  and  has 
11  joints ;  the  third  is  5  millims.,  with  11  joints  ;  the  tenth  8  millims.,  with  12  joints ; 
the  twentieth  about  14  millims.,  with  19  or  20  joints.  In  another  example  the  first 
three  pinnules  have  22,  15,  and  14  joints  respectively. 

The  joints  of  the  pinnules  are  cylindrical  and  very  long,  excepting  the  first  six  of 
the  first  pinnule,  which  are  little  longer  than  broad,  and  slightly  compressed  ;  and  the 
three  or  four  lowest  joints  in  the  second  and  third,  which  are  also  short  and  somewhat 
flattened,  and  diminish  rapidly  in  breadth  at  their  distal  extremities.  The  second  joint 
of  the  pinnules  along  the  ray  is  broad  and  robust  in  comparison  with  the  rest ;  and  the 
proximal  extremity  is  truncated  on  either  side,  so  as  to  form  apparently  two  sloping  and 
converging  facets  for  the  reception  of  ligament :  owing  to  this  circumstance,  and  also 
to  the  mode  of  their  attachment,  the  pinnules  have  the  semblance  of  being  placed 
transversely  upon  the  first  joints ;  and  this  presents  a  striking  character  about  the 
middle  of  the  ray.  Ovarial  sacs  fine,  delicate,  and  chiefly  developed  on  the  proximal 
third  of  the  pinnule. 

Remarks. — The  present  species  more  nearly  resembles  A.  phalangium,  Miiller,  of 
the  Mediterranean,  than  any  other  Comatula  with  which  the  writer  is  acquainted. 
That  it  is  distinct,  however,  from  that  form  will  readily  be  seen  from  the  preceding 
description.  It  is  altogether  different  from  its  Arctic  congeners. 

Locality  &c. — All  the  specimens  of  this  species  were  dredged  by  Capt.  H.  W.  Feilden 
during  the  British  Arctic  Expedition  of  1875-76,  in  Discovery  Bay,  lat.  81°  41'  N., 
depth  25  fathoms,  hard  bottom.  Antedon  celtica  was  also  obtained  in  company  with 
them. 

Description  of  the  Illustrations  of  this  Species  on  Plate  VI. 

Fig.  7.  Antedon  prolixa :  natural  size. 

8.  Diagrammatic  sketch  of  the  radial  plates. 

9.  Extremity  of  one  of  the  dorsal  cirri :  magnified. 

10.  Joints  with  pinnules  attached,  from  near  the  middle  of  a  ray :  magnified. 


ARCTIC  SEA  TO  THE  WEST  OF  GREENLAND.  79 


GENEEAL   CONCLUSIONS   EEGAED1NG   DISTRIBUTION. 


OP  the  Holothuroidea,  Myriotrochus  Einkii  is  the  most  polar  in  its  distribution ;  for 
it  has  been  found  in  Discovery  Bay  and  to  the  south  as  far  as  Labrador ;  and  its 
habitat  to  the  east  is  in  the  seas  of  Spitzbergen  to  Novaya  Zemlya  &c.  Chirodota 
lasvis  has  also  a  wide  Arctic  distribution,  but  is  found  further  to  the  south  than 
the  last-mentioned :  Godhavn,  in  Greenland,  and  Finmark  and  the  Lofoten  Islands 
are  its  limits  in  one  direction,  and  Sitcha  and  Ochotsk  in  another.  Then  Cucumaria 
frondosa  is  distributed  from  Godhavn  to  Florida,  from  Spitzbergen  to  the  British  Isles, 
and  to  San  Francisco.  Of  the  species  of  Psolus,  one  is  found  from  Godhavn  to 
Maine  and  across  to  Iceland  and  the  British  Isles  ;  whilst  the  other  extends  far  to  the 
east,  but  appears  to  be  restricted  to  the  polar  waters.  The  most  restricted  species  was 
Orcula  Eartliii,  which  was  found  at  Holsteinborg  and  has  been  found  off  Labrador. 

The  only  species  of  Echinoidea,  Strongylocentrotus  drobachiensis,  has  a  vast 
distribution,  as  far  north  as  Discovery  Bay,  and  south  to  Florida,  from  Iceland  to 
Spitzbergen,  and  Novaya  Zemlya  to  the  British  Isles.  It  has  been  found  in  Behring's 
Straits,  Kamtschatka,  and  on  the  American  coast  to  Vancouver.  Fed  upon  by 
Asteroids,  and  caring  little  for  a  bottom  temperature  of  29°  Fahr.,  this  species  is  very 
typical  of  the  collection  under  consideration.  It  is  essentially  a  polar  species,  migra- 
ting now  and  then  to  the  south ;  and  it  forms  part  of  a  true  polar  fauna. 

The  Asteracanthia  have  one  species  as  far  north  as  Discovery  Bay  ;  and  it 
extends  southward  to  Newfoundland  and  across  to  Novaya  Zemlya;  the  other  lives 
from  70°  N.  lat.  to  Labrador,  but  it  has  a  polar  distribution,  as  it  extends  to  the 
Ochotsk  sea.  Stichaster  albulus  is  found  at  Franklin-Pierce  Bay  to  Godhavn  and 
Grand  Manan ;  the  eastern  habitat  is  from  Iceland  to  Spitzbergen.  Cribrella 
oculata  is  distributed  from  70°  N.  lat.  to  Massachusetts,  Iceland,  Spitzbergen, 
Scandinavia,  and  White  Sea,  and  is  found  in  the  English  Channel.  Moreover  this 
vast  area  is  enlarged  by  the  discovery  of  the  form  in  the  Sea  of  Ochotsk. 

The  new  species  of  Pedicellaster  is  esentially  a  dweller  in  the  Palaeocrystalline 
sea  of  Nares. 

As  might  be  supposed,  Crossaster  papposus  has  a  vast  distribution.  Nearly  cir- 
cumpolar,  it  extends  along  the  European  and  eastern  American  coasts,  along  the 


80  ECHINODEKMATA  OF  THE  ARCTIC  SEA. 

north  of  the  European  and  Asiatic  continents,  and  is  found  in  Behring's  Straits. 
Finisterre  and  Massachusetts  are  its  most  southern  habitats. 

Solaster  endeca  has  been  found  in  Smith's  Sound,  Newfoundland,  Iceland,  and 
in  the  English  Channel ;  and  Brandt  obtained  it  at  Sitcha.  The  solitary  species  of 
Lophaster  is  very  Arctic,  being  found  at  Discovery  Bay ;  and  it  extends  south  in  the 
Gulf  of  Maine  and  at  Bergen. 

Pteraster  militaris  has  almost  a  corresponding,  but  slightly  intermediate  range  ; 
and  the  Ctenodiscus  extends  far  over  the  north  of  the  European  continent,  comes 
only  as  far  south  as  Maine  in  America,  and  reaches  to  lat.  N.  70°  30'  off  Greenland. 

It  is  evident  that  the  grouping  of  these  Asteroids  is  as  if  they  were  part  of  a 
great  Polar  fauna,  with  no  very  great  southern  distribution. 

Of  the  Ophiuroidea,  the  new  species  Ophiopleura  arctica  belongs  to  a  genus 
characteristically  Arctic.  The  Ophioglyphm,  with  the  exception  of  0.  Stuwitzii,  are 
found  very  far  to  the  north  ;  and  their  fellow  Ophiuroidea  at  Discovery  Bay  and 
Franklin-Pierce  Bay  are  Ophiocten  sericeum,  Amphiura  Holbcelli,  and  Ophiacantha 
spinulosa.  The  range  of  these  resembles  that  of  the  Asteroids  to  a  certain  extent ; 
and  they  have  curious  structural  affinities  with  even  the  forms  from  the  Korean 
Sea.  The  forms  with  a  smaller  northern  area  are  the  Ophioglyphce  just  alluded  to 
and  Ophiopholis  bellis. 

The  Astrophyton  ranges  from  78°  N.  lat.  up  Smith's  Sound  to  Cape  Cod,  and  has 
been  found  at  Vadso,  in  Finmark. 

Antedon  Eschrichtii  and  A.  celtica  are  widely  distributed  northern  forms ;  and  the 
new  species  Antedon  prolixa  is  from  Discovery  Bay. 

When  these  details  are  carefully  considered,  it  becomes  evident  that  each  one  of  the 
great  groups  of  Echinodermata  tells  the  same  story  regarding  distribution.  The  fauna, 
as  a  whole,  is  not  an  extension  northwards  of  species  from  more  temperate  climates, 
but  is  essentially  circumpolar.  The  modifications  in  the  character  of  the  species  are 
probably  due  to  variation  produced  by  the  changes  of  condition  which  necessarily  occur 
in  different  parts  of  any  great  area. 


INDEX. 


[Synonyma  arc  printed  in  italics.] 


Pago 

Alecto  Eschrichtii    73 

Amphiura   67 

-  HolbooUi    67 

Anodiscw  crispatus    49 

Antedon  celtica 75 

Eschrichtii     73 

prolixa 77 

Ascidia  rustica    9 

Asteracanthion  grcenlandicum 27 

-  Mulleri 27 

ocliotense    23,  26 

polare     23 

rulens    23 

Asteracanthion  albulus   29 

palceocrystallus 34 

proHema    29 

roseus     29 

Asterias  ajjinis 37,  39 

alloverrucosa 37,  39 

albula    29 

aspera    40 

auranciaca     49 

crispata 49 

endeca    40 

grcenlandica 27 

helianthemoides 36 

militaris     46 

minuta  23,  26 

Miilleri 27 

oculata   32 

papposa 36 

pertusa 32 

-  polaris   23,  49 

rubens    23 

sanguinolenta     32 

seposita 32 


Page 

Asterias  spongiosa 32,  33 

violacea 23 

Asteriscus  militaris     .  . 46 

Asteroidea 23 

Astropecten  corniculatus 49 

polaris   49 

AstrophytidaB 69 

Astrophyton  Agassizii    69 

arcticum     70 

Bothryodacti/la  affinis    2 

yrandis 2, 4 

CJicetaster  borealis 43 

Chiridota  brevis 15, 18 

Chirodota  discolor 12, 14 

laevis 12 

pellucida    13, 14 

tigillum 13 

typica     13 

Cladodactyla  pentactes    2 

Comatula  celtica 75 

EschricJitii 73 

Woodwardii 75 

Cribrella  Eschrichtii    32 

oculata 32 

sanguinolenta     32 

G'rinoidea    73 

Crossaster  papposus    36 

Ctenodiseus  corniculatus    49 

crispatus    49 

polaris   49 

pygmceus    49, 51 

Cucumaria  calcigera 5 

frondosa     2 

fucicola 2 

Hyndmanni 5,  7 

Korenil 5,  7 

H 


82 


INDEX. 


Page 

Cucumaria  minula 4 

Cuaimaria  lavis 12 

pellucida    12 

Cuvieria  Fabridi    10 

frondosa     2 

phantapus 9 

Dactylota  leevis   12 

minuta   2 

pellucida    12 

Dodecactis  reticidata  in  dorso 36 

Echinaster  Eschrichtii     32,  34 

oculatus 32 

sanguinolentus   32 

Sanii     32, 34 

Echinoidea 19 

Echinometra  drobachiensis 19 

Echinus  Morocentrotus   19 

Moroticus 19 

drobachiensis 19 

granularis 19 

granulatus 19, 21 

neylectus     19 

saxatilis     19 

subangularis 19 

Euryale  scutatum    69 

Euryechinus  drobachiensis 19 

granulatus 20 

Oorgonocephalus 71 

arcticus 69 

Henricia  oculata 32 

Holoihuria  frondosa    2 

grandis 2 

Icevis 12 

minuta 2 

pellucida    12 

pentactes     2 

phantapus 9 

squamata   10 

Holothuroidea     1 

Linckia  oculata 32,  34 

pertusa 32 

Lophaster  furcifer 43 

Lophothuria  Fabridi 10 

LiitJcenia     54 

Myriotrochus  Einkii 15 

Oligotrochus  vitreus     17 

Ophiacantha   68 

Ophiacantha  arctica    68 

yrcenlandica 68 

spinulosa    68 

Ophiocten   65 


Page 

Ophiocten  Krceyeri 65 

sericeum     65 

Ophioglypha   59 

robusta 62 

Sarsii 60 

Stuwitzii    54 

OpTiiolepis  robusta 62 

Ophiopholis  bellis 54 

Ophiopleura    54 

arctica    55 

borealis 58 

Ophiura  serkea 65 

squaniosa.   62 

Ophiuroidea    54 

Orcula  Barthii    8 

Pedicellaster  palseocrystallus 34 

typicus 36 

Pentacta  calcigera    5 

frondosa     2 

Icevis 12 

minuta  2 

pellucida    12 

Pentadactylosaster  oculatus    32 

Psolus  Fabricii   10 

Icevigatus   9 

phantapus 9 

Pteraster  militaris 46 

Solaster  endeca 40 

furcifer 43 

papposa 37 

Stellonia  endeca 40 

papposa 37 

Stichaster  albulus   29 

• ,  var.  nitida 30 

Strongylocentrotus  clilorocentrotus 19,  21 

drobachiensis     19 

Synapta  coreacea    12 

rotifera 12 

Thyonidivm  pellucidum 12 

Toxopneustes  carnosus    19 

chlorocentrotus 19 

drobachiensis 19 

Dubenii 19 

c/ranulatus 19 

neglectus     19 

pallidus 20 

pictws     20 

TrisJcaidecactis  papposa 36 

Trochinus  pallidus 13 

Uraster  violacea 27 


PLATE  I. 


HOLOTHUROIDEA. 

Figure  1 .  CUCUMARIA  FRONDOSA  (Gunn.),  Forbes.     Natural  size. 

2.  A  young  specimen  of  the  same,  natural  size. 

3.  CUCUMARIA  CALCIGERA  (Stimp.),  Seleuka.     Natural  size. 

4.  Sketch  of  the  mouth-ring  and  adjacent  parts  of  a  young  individual,  magnified. 

5.  Generative  tubes  at  an  early  stage  of  growth,  magnified. 

6.  Spicules  of  the  superficial  layer  in  situ,  magnified. 

7.  Small  spicule  in  profile,  magnified. 

8.  Disk  at  the  extremity  of  the  sucker-foot,  magnified. 

9.  PSOLUS  FABRICII  (D.  &  K.),  Liitken.     Dorsal  aspect,  natural  size. 

10.  The  same  specimen.     Ventral  aspect,  natural  size. 

11.  A  young  specimen.     Ventral  aspect,  natural  size. 

12.  One  of  the  small  cup-like  spicules  of  the  ventral  integument,  magnified. 

13.  Spicules  of  the  ventral  integument,  magnified. 

14.  CHIRODOTA  L.EVIS  (Fabr.),  Grube.     Natural  size. 

15.  Generative  tubes,  magnified. 

16.  Portion  of  the  mouth-ring,  magnified. 

17.  The  pyriform  infundibular  organs  or  "  Wimpertrichter,"  magnified. 

18.  One  of  the  wheel-like  spicules,  magnified. 

19.  One  of  the  sacculi,  to  show  the  aggregation  of  the  spicules,  magnified. 

20.  MYRIOTROCHUS  RINKII,  Steenstrup.     Natural  size. 

21.  One  of  the  spicules,  magnified. 

22.  Sketch  of  the  internal  organs,  showing  the  relative  proportions  of  the  alimentary  canal, 

the  Polian  vesicle,  and  the  generative  tubes. 

23.  Portion  of  the  mouth-ring,  magnified.     (In  this  drawing  the  upward  prolongations  ought 

to  taper  more  rapidly,  and  the  foramina  ought  to  be  further  up  from  the  base.) 

24.  Underside  of  the  mouth-ring,  with  parts  attached,  seen  from  below,  showing  the  dila- 

tations of  the  oral  water-vessel. 


Plat,    1 


4. 


GRDeWJcU.lith  WPercy  Sladen.dir 


Arrfio  Holothuroideau. 


Mintern  Bros  imp . 


PLATE  II. 


ECHINOIDEA    and    ASTEROIDEA. 

Figure  1.  STRONGYLOCENTROTUS  DROBACHIENSIS  (O.  F.  M.),  A.  Ag.     Abactinal  aspect,  natural  size. 

2.  The  same  specimen,  seen  in  profile,  natural  size. 

3.  Portion  of  test  near  the  ambitus,  showing  the  ambulacral  and  interambulacral  areas, 

magnified. 

4.  ASTERACANTHION  POLARE,  M.  &  T.     Abactinal  aspect,  reduced  one  half. 

5.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  reduced  one  half. 

6.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

7.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

8.  A  similar  portion  from  the  more  compactly  spinulated  variety  of  this  species,  magnified. 

9.  ASTERACANTHION  GR<ENLANDICUM  (Steenstrup),  Lutken.     Abactinal  aspect,  natural  size. 

10.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  natural  size. 

11.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

12.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

13.  STICHASTER  ALBULUS  (Stimps.),  Verrill.     Abactinal  aspect,  natural  size. 

14.  A  larger  and  almost  equal-rayed  variety  from  Proven. 

15.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  natural  size. 

16.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

17.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

18.  CRIBRELLA  OCULATA  (Linck),  Forbes.     Abactinal  aspect,  natural  size. 

19.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  natural  size. 

20.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

21.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

22.  PEDICELLASTER  PAL^EOCRYSTALLUS,  Sladen.     Abactinal  aspect,  natural  size. 

23.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  natural  size. 

24.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

25.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

26.  One  of  the  pedicellarise,  magnified. 


Plate  Jl 


%  *    .   V    » 

;*: 


w.  V  .';  •>  • 

•IH 


ASFoord.lith.  W.Pepey   Sladen,dir. 


Mm  tern  Bros .  imp. 


&  Asteroidea.'  and  Eckuwidea.*. 


PLATE  III. 


ASTEROIDEA. 


Figure  1.  CROSSASTER  PAPPOSUS  (Linck),  M.  &  T.     Abactinal  aspect.     Young  specimen. 

2.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  natural  size. 

3.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

4.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

5.  SOLASTER  ENDECA  (Gmel.),  Forbes.     Abactinal  aspect,  natural  size. 

6.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  natural  size. 

7.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

8.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

9.  LOPHASTER  FURCIFER  (D.  &  K.),  Verrill.     Abactinal  aspect,  natural  size. 

10.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  natural  size. 

1 1 .  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

12.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

13.  PTERASTER  MILITARIS  (O.  F.  M.),  M.  &  T.     Abactinal  aspect,  natural  size. 

14.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  natural  size. 

15.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

16.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

17.  CTENODISCUS  CORNICULATUS  (Linck),  Perrier.     Abactinal  aspect,  natural  size. 

18.  Actinal  aspect  of  the  same  specimen,  natural  size. 

19.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

20.  Portion  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 


ri.,i,-  in 


A3  Foord.lith.  W  P»rcy  Sl»den,dir- 


Arctic  Asten'idfau 


PLATE  IV. 

OPHIUROIDEA. 

Figure  1.  OPHIOPLEURA  ARCTICA,  Duncan.     The  upper  part  of  the  disk  and  arms,  natural  size. 

2.  The  under  surface  of  the  disk,  magnified. 

2  a.  The  teeth  on  the  jaw-plate,  oblique  view,  magnified. 
2  b.  The  teeth,  from  above,  magnified. 
2  c.  The  teeth,  approaching,  magnified. 

3.  OPHIOGLYPHA  SARSII  (Liitken).     From  above,  natural  size. 

4.  The  underpart  of  the  disk,  magnified. 

5.  OPHIOGLYPHA  ROBUSTA  (Ayres).     From  above,  natural  size. 

6.  The  underpart  of  the  disk  and  an  arm,  magnified. 

7.  The  upper  surface  of  the  disk,  magnified. 

8.  OPHIOCTEN  SERICEUM  (Forbes).     The  upper  surface,  slightly  magnified. 

9.  The  scaling  of  the  upper  part  of  the  disk  and  part  of  an  arm,  magnified. 

10.  Part  of  the  underpart  of  the  disk,  magnified. 

11.  OPHIACANTHA  SPINULOSA.     The  upper  surface,  natural  size. 

12.  Part  of  the  under  surface,  magnified. 

13.  The  spines  on  the  disk,  magnified. 

14.  OPHIOCTEN  SERICEUM  (Forbes).     Part  of  the  disk-scaling,  magnified. 

15.  AMPHIURA  HOLB(ELLI.     Part  of  the  underpart  of  the  disk,  magnified. 

16.  Radial  shields,  magnified. 

17.  Side  view  of  the  arm,  magnified. 


Plate  IV. 


A  S  Foord.del  etlith.P.M  Ihincan  dir. 


Arctic 


Mintem  Br-  c 


PLATE  V. 

ASTKOPHYTID.2E. 

Figure  1.  ASTROPHYTON  AGASSIZII,  Stimpson.     Abactinal  aspect,  reduced  about  one  third. 

2.  One  mouth-angle  of  a  much  smaller  specimen,  magnified. 

3.  Portion  of  a  ray,  abactinal  aspect,  magnified. 

4.  Portion  of  a  ray  below  the  first  forking,  actinal  aspect,  magnified. 

5.  Portion  of  a  ray,  side  view,  magnified. 

6.  Portion  of  a  ray  near  the  extremity,  magnified. 
6  a.  One  of  the  hooklets,  magnified. 


5. 


AS  Foord.litli.  W Percy 


Arctic*  Astrophytorv. 


Mintern  Bros  i 


PLATE  VI. 
CRINOIDEA. 

Figure  1.  ANTEDON  ESCHRICHTII  (Miiller),  Verrill.     Natural  size. 

2.  Diagrammatic  sketch  of  the  radial  plates. 

3.  Extremity  of  one  of  the  dorsal  cirri,  magnified. 

4.  A  first  pinnule,  magnified. 

5.  ANTEDON  CELTICA  (Barrett),  Normau.     Natural  size. 

6.  Diagrammatic  sketch  of  the  radial  plates. 

7.  ANTEDON  PROLIXA,  Sladen.     Natural  size. 

8.  Diagrammatic  sketch  of  the  radial  plates. 

9.  Extremity  of  one  of  the  dorsal  cirri,  magnified. 

10.  Joints  with  pinnules  attached,  from  near  the  middle  of  a  ray,  magnified. 


Pisa*  VI. 


.  ;ff 

I  I 


'mm 


•  "crd,lltHrW  Percy  Sladen,  dir. 


Arctic  Comatida.. 


Miniorn  Bros    ;n.'; 


J 


USTJUL  15  193ft 


g 

u 

fi! 


I 


o 


SI    "81 


OD 


hi 
0)i 
-P! 

Q)i 


i 

®i 


o 


University  of  Toronto 
Library 


DO  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 

Under  Pat.  "Ref.  Index  File" 
Made  by  LIBRARY  BUREAU 


[  a  •--